WO2021031949A1 - 上行发送方法、终端及网络侧设备 - Google Patents

上行发送方法、终端及网络侧设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021031949A1
WO2021031949A1 PCT/CN2020/108635 CN2020108635W WO2021031949A1 WO 2021031949 A1 WO2021031949 A1 WO 2021031949A1 CN 2020108635 W CN2020108635 W CN 2020108635W WO 2021031949 A1 WO2021031949 A1 WO 2021031949A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
antenna ports
resource
uplink signal
power
uplink
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2020/108635
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
黄秋萍
陈润华
高秋彬
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Datang Mobile Communications Equipment Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Datang Mobile Communications Equipment Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Datang Mobile Communications Equipment Co Ltd filed Critical Datang Mobile Communications Equipment Co Ltd
Priority to US17/635,679 priority Critical patent/US12574855B2/en
Priority to KR1020227008272A priority patent/KR102760534B1/ko
Priority to EP20854539.2A priority patent/EP4017142A4/en
Publication of WO2021031949A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021031949A1/zh
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
    • H04W52/38—TPC being performed in particular situations
    • H04W52/42—TPC being performed in particular situations in systems with time, space, frequency or polarisation diversity
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
    • H04W52/06—TPC algorithms
    • H04W52/14—Separate analysis of uplink or downlink
    • H04W52/146—Uplink power control
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/0413—MIMO systems
    • H04B7/0456—Selection of precoding matrices or codebooks, e.g. using matrices antenna weighting
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0619—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal using feedback from receiving side
    • H04B7/0636—Feedback format
    • H04B7/0639—Using selective indices, e.g. of a codebook, e.g. pre-distortion matrix index [PMI] or for beam selection
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H04L5/0051—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver of dedicated pilots, i.e. pilots destined for a single user or terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signalling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signalling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0057—Physical resource allocation for CQI
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
    • H04W52/30—Transmission power control [TPC] using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power
    • H04W52/32—TPC of broadcast or control channels
    • H04W52/325—Power control of control or pilot channels
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
    • H04W52/30—Transmission power control [TPC] using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power
    • H04W52/34—TPC management, i.e. sharing limited amount of power among users or channels or data types, e.g. cell loading
    • H04W52/346—TPC management, i.e. sharing limited amount of power among users or channels or data types, e.g. cell loading distributing total power among users or channels
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
    • H04W52/30—Transmission power control [TPC] using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power
    • H04W52/36—Transmission power control [TPC] using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power with a discrete range or set of values, e.g. step size, ramping or offsets
    • H04W52/367—Power values between minimum and maximum limits, e.g. dynamic range
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0473—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource the resource being transmission power
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1268—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of uplink data flows
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to an uplink sending method, terminal and network side equipment.
  • a user equipment may have multiple power amplifiers (Power Amplifier, PA), and coherent transmission or non-coherent transmission may be possible between different PAs.
  • the codebook design of the New Radio (NR) system takes into account the coherent transmission capability of the UE antenna.
  • the base station can configure the following three codebook subset restrictions for the UE through the radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling ‘codebookSubset’:
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the codebook subset corresponding to nonCoherent is all the precoding codewords in the codebook that correspond to any data stream transmitted through only one antenna port;
  • the codebook subset corresponding to partialAndNonCoherent is all codewords in the codebook that meet the following conditions: any data stream transmits precoding codewords through an antenna port, or the first and third ports, or the second and fourth ports;
  • the codebook subset corresponding to fullyAndPartialAndNonCoherent is all codewords in the codebook.
  • the NR system defines the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) coherent transmission capability pusch-TransCoherence of the UE, and the UE reports its antenna coherent transmission capability by reporting the limit of the codebook subset it supports.
  • pusch-TransCoherence contains the following three values:
  • the base station can only configure the nonCoherent codebook subset restriction for the UE; when the capability reported by the UE is partialNonCoherent, the base station can configure the nonCoherent or partialAndNonCoherent codebook subset restriction for the UE; When the capability of is fullCoherent, the base station can configure nonCoherent or partialAndNonCoherent or fullyAndPartialAndNonCoherent codebook subset restriction for the UE. It can be seen that the base station needs to configure the codebook subset restriction according to the PUSCH coherent transmission capability reported by the UE.
  • the terminal determines the precoding and transmission stream number indication information in the downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI) according to the codebooksubset indicated by the base station, the number of antenna ports of the PUSCH, the maxRank (the maximum number of transmission streams) of the PUSCH, and the uplink transmission waveform. And decode the precoding and transport stream number indication information in the DCI according to the overhead to determine the precoding and transport stream number corresponding to PUSCH transmission.
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the PUSCH multi-antenna power allocation method using the codebook-based uplink multiple-input multiple-output technology is: if triggered by DCI format 0_1 and each sounding reference signal
  • the number of antenna ports included in the (Sounding reference signal, SRS) resource is greater than 1, the UE will calculate the PUSCH transmit power according to the uplink power control formula (in the Rel-15 and Rel-16 versions of the NR system, corresponding to the third Generation Partnership Project (3rd Generation Partnerships Project, 3GPP) protocol TS 38.2130 in section 7.1.1 of P PUSCH, b, f, c (i, j, q d , l))) according to the actual non-zero signal transmission
  • the proportion of the number of ports in the maximum number of SRS ports in one SRS resource supported by the terminal is scaled for power, and then the scaled power is equally divided among the antenna ports that actually transmit signals.
  • the precoding matrix indicated by the base station is The transmission power calculated by the UE according to the PUSCH power control formula is P, then the actual transmission power of the PUSCH is P/2, and the transmission power of the first antenna port and the third antenna port are each P/4.
  • This scaling does not require that each antenna port of the UE can reach the maximum transmit power, allowing the UE to use lower-cost radio frequency components to implement multiple antenna functions.
  • the terminal determines the transmit power of the uplink signal based on a predefined PUSCH power control rule, which is only applicable to the SRS resources configured by the base station for the UE to obtain channel state information (CSI). If the number of antenna ports is greater than 1 and less than the maximum number of ports in one SRS resource supported by the terminal, it cannot be applied to more scenarios.
  • a predefined PUSCH power control rule which is only applicable to the SRS resources configured by the base station for the UE to obtain channel state information (CSI). If the number of antenna ports is greater than 1 and less than the maximum number of ports in one SRS resource supported by the terminal, it cannot be applied to more scenarios.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure provide an uplink transmission method, a terminal, and a network side device, which solves the problem that the method for determining the transmission power of an uplink signal in the related art cannot be applied to scenarios with more resource configurations.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure provide an uplink transmission method, which is applied to a terminal, and the uplink transmission method includes:
  • the target resource includes the information configured by the network-side device for acquiring the channel state information of the uplink signal Sounding reference signal resource, where the first indication information is used to indicate a manner of determining the transmit power of the uplink signal;
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure also provides an uplink sending method, which is applied to a network side device, and the uplink sending method includes:
  • the target resource includes the network-side device
  • a sounding reference signal resource configured to obtain channel state information of the uplink signal, where the first indication information is used to indicate a manner for the terminal to determine the transmission power of the uplink signal
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a user equipment, including: a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored in the memory and running on the processor.
  • a transceiver including: a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored in the memory and running on the processor.
  • the target resource includes the information configured by the network-side device for acquiring the channel state information of the uplink signal Sounding reference signal resource, where the first indication information is used to indicate a manner of determining the transmit power of the uplink signal;
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a network side device, including: a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored in the memory and running on the processor, and the processor implements the computer program when the computer program is executed. The following steps:
  • the target resource includes the network-side device
  • a sounding reference signal resource configured to obtain channel state information of the uplink signal, where the first indication information is used to indicate a manner for the terminal to determine the transmission power of the uplink signal
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a user equipment, including:
  • the first receiving module is configured to receive uplink scheduling information of uplink signals
  • the first determining module is configured to determine the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the configuration information of the target resource or the first indication information of the network side device, and the target resource includes the configuration information of the network side device for obtaining the A sounding reference signal resource of channel state information of an uplink signal, where the first indication information is used to indicate a manner of determining the transmission power of the uplink signal;
  • the first sending module is configured to send the uplink signal according to the transmission power and the uplink scheduling information.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a network side device, including:
  • the second determining module is configured to determine the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the configuration information of the target resource or using the power determination method indicated by the first indication information sent to the terminal.
  • the resource includes a sounding reference signal resource configured by the network-side device to obtain channel state information of the uplink signal, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal to determine the transmission power of the uplink signal;
  • a third determining module configured to determine the uplink scheduling information of the uplink signal according to the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal;
  • the second sending module is configured to send the uplink scheduling information to the terminal.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the steps of the uplink sending method as described above are realized.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure can determine the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the configuration information of the sounding reference signal resource configured by the network side device for the user equipment to obtain the channel state information of the uplink signal, or the instruction information of the network side device Therefore, the uplink signal can be transmitted according to the received uplink scheduling information of the uplink signal and the transmission power. Therefore, the embodiments of the present disclosure determine the transmission of the uplink signal based on the configuration information of the sounding reference signal resource configured by the actual network side device for the user equipment to obtain the channel state information of the uplink signal or the specific instruction of the network side device. Power, so that the uplink signal can use different uplink transmission power under different SRS resource configuration information, so that better uplink transmission performance can be obtained for different application scenarios.
  • FIG. 1 shows a flowchart of the uplink transmission method of the first embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 2 shows a flowchart of the uplink sending method of the second embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of modules of a user equipment according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of modules of a network side device according to a fourth embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 5 shows a structural block diagram of a user equipment according to a fifth embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Fig. 6 shows a structural block diagram of a network side device according to a sixth embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • B corresponding to A means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A, or A can be determined according to B, or according to some commonalities between A and B Or other information can be determined jointly based on A and B.
  • determining B according to A does not mean determining B only according to A, and B can also be determined according to A and/or other information.
  • the form of the access network is not limited, and may include Macro Base Station, Pico Base Station, Node B (name of 3G mobile base station), enhanced base station (eNB), gNB (the name of 5G mobile base station), home enhanced base station (Femto eNB or Home eNode B or Home eNB or HeNB), relay station, access point, remote radio unit (RRU), remote radio head ( Remote Radio Head, RRH) and other access networks.
  • Node B name of 3G mobile base station
  • eNB enhanced base station
  • gNB the name of 5G mobile base station
  • home enhanced base station Femto eNB or Home eNode B or Home eNB or HeNB
  • relay station access point
  • RRU remote radio unit
  • Remote Radio Head Remote Radio Head
  • the user terminal can be a mobile phone (or cell phone), or other equipment capable of sending or receiving wireless signals, including user equipment, personal digital assistants (PDAs), wireless modems, wireless communication devices, handheld devices, and laptops Computers, cordless phones, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) stations, Customer Premise Equipment (CPE) or mobile smart hotspots, smart home appliances that can convert mobile signals into wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi) signals , Or other devices that can spontaneously communicate with the mobile communication network without human operation.
  • PDAs personal digital assistants
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • CPE Customer Premise Equipment
  • smart home appliances that can convert mobile signals into wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi) signals , Or other devices that can spontaneously communicate with the mobile communication network without human operation.
  • antenna ports are used in many places.
  • part of the content in this disclosure directly describes signal ports as signal antenna ports.
  • the PUSCH port is described as the antenna port of the PUSCH
  • the SRS port is described as the antenna port of the SRS, etc.
  • the port of a certain signal is directly described as the antenna port. It should be understood that these are content that can be understood by those skilled in the art.
  • the base station configures the UE for channel state information (Channel state information, CSI) acquisition of SRS resources
  • the number of antenna ports included is greater than 1 and less than one SRS resource supported by the terminal
  • the terminal cannot perform PUSCH full power transmission.
  • the number of antenna ports included in the SRS resource configured by the base station for UE for CSI acquisition is equal to the maximum number of ports in one SRS resource supported by the terminal, and the precoding matrix indicated by the base station for the UE is a non-coherent codeword or a partially coherent codeword At this time, the UE cannot transmit at full power.
  • the R16 version of the 3GPP NR system decided to introduce three full power transmission capabilities of the terminal, respectively:
  • Capability 1 Each PA of the terminal can transmit with the maximum transmit power of the terminal power class (PC) capability.
  • PC terminal power class
  • Capability 2 The terminal supports full power transmission, but the transmit power of no PA can reach the maximum transmit power of the terminal PC capability.
  • Capability 3 The terminal supports full power transmission, and the transmission power of some PAs can reach the maximum transmission power of the terminal PC.
  • the UE can configure one SRS resource or multiple SRS resources with different numbers of SRS ports in the SRS resource set whose usage is set to "codebook".
  • the UE uses the same antenna virtualization method to transmit SRS and PUSCH, uses R15 codebook and codebook subset restriction, and is based on the indicated SRS resource indicator (SRS resource indicator, SRI) and/or transmission precoding matrix indicator ( Transmission Pre-coding Matrix Indicator, TPMI) to achieve full power transmission.
  • the UE can at least be a UE of capability 3 indicating a group of TPMIs that can be transmitted at full power when the SRS resource is greater than 1 port.
  • the single-port SRS transmission method is adopted to transmit a single-stream PUSCH with full power.
  • the SRS resource indicated by the SRI includes multiple ports, in addition to power control scaling, Other aspects adopt R15's MIMO behavior (determining the number of transmission streams, TPMI, etc.).
  • the terminal determines the transmit power of the uplink signal based on a predefined PUSCH power control rule.
  • the related technology does not support multiple PUSCH power control rules, and no terminal has multiple PUSCH power controls in the system. Rules of behavior.
  • the introduction of multiple PUSCH power control rules into the system can make fuller use of the terminal's transmit power. Therefore, it is necessary to consider how the terminal determines the PUSCH power control rule.
  • the terminal determines the precoding matrix that the base station can indicate according to the high-level signaling codebooksubset indicated by the base station, the number of antenna ports of the PUSCH, the maximum transmission stream number of the PUSCH maxRank, and the uplink transmission waveform.
  • the current method is only applicable to the uplink based on the codebook.
  • the scenario where the number of SRS resources included in the transmitted SRS resource set is the same is not applicable to the scenario where the number of SRS resources included in the codebook-based uplink transmission SRS resource set is different.
  • the terminal can use antenna virtualization to realize transmission of some ports. At this time, the coherent transmission relationship between the antenna ports may be changed.
  • the method of determining the codebook subset corresponding to PUSCH transmission has greater limitations.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure provide an uplink transmission method, which is applied to a terminal, and solves the problem that the method for determining the transmission power of an uplink signal in the related art cannot be applied to scenarios where more resources are configured.
  • the uplink sending method of the embodiment of the present disclosure specifically includes the following steps:
  • Step 11 Receive uplink scheduling information of the uplink signal.
  • the base station sends the SRS resource configuration information of the uplink signal to the terminal, and the terminal sends the SRS based on the received SRS resource configuration information of the uplink signal.
  • the base station calculates the reference power according to the resource configuration information of the uplink signal or the first indication information sent to the terminal (that is, in the same way as the terminal determines the transmission power of the uplink signal), and then, based on the reference power,
  • the SRS sent by the terminal determines the scheduling information of the uplink signal, thereby sending the scheduling information of the uplink signal to the terminal.
  • the uplink signal is a PUSCH signal based on a codebook.
  • Step 12 Determine the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the configuration information of the target resource or the first indication information of the network side device.
  • the target resource includes a sounding reference signal resource configured by the network-side device to obtain channel state information of the uplink signal, and the first indication information is used to indicate a manner of determining the transmission power of the uplink signal .
  • Step 13 Send the uplink signal according to the transmission power and the uplink scheduling information.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure are determined based on the configuration information of the sounding reference signal resource configured by the actual network side device for the user equipment to obtain the channel state information of the uplink signal or the specific instructions of the network side device.
  • the transmission power of the uplink signal can use different uplink transmission power under different SRS resource configuration information, so that better uplink transmission performance can be obtained for different application scenarios.
  • determining the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the configuration information of the target resource includes:
  • the first resource is a sounding reference signal resource indicated by a sounding reference signal resource indication, or all sounding reference signal resources included in a first sounding reference signal resource set, and the first sounding reference signal resource set is a sounding reference signal
  • the resource indicates the resource set where the indicated sounding reference signal resource is located.
  • the uplink signal can be determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, or the number of antenna ports included in the resource indicated by the SRI, or the number of antenna ports included in the resource set where the resource indicated by the SRI is located. Transmit power.
  • the target resource may include one SRS resource, or may include multiple SRS resources. Then, when the target resource includes one SRS resource, any one of the following method 1 and method 2 may be used to determine the uplink signal transmission power:
  • Manner 1 When the uplink signal is a codebook-based PUSCH signal, the first basic power is multiplied by a first preset ratio to obtain the first scaling power, and the first scaling power is evenly allocated to the PUSCH.
  • the first preset ratio is N/M 1 , N represents the number of PUSCH antenna ports with non-zero power, and M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in one SRS resource supported by the terminal ;
  • Manner 2 When the uplink signal is a codebook-based PUSCH signal, the first basic power is multiplied by a second preset ratio to obtain the second scaling power, and the second scaling power is evenly allocated to the PUSCH.
  • the second preset ratio is N/M 2
  • N represents the number of PUSCH antenna ports with non-zero power
  • M 2 represents the SRS resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal includes The number of antenna ports.
  • the terminal uses the following method to determine the transmission power of the PUSCH: multiply the first basic power by the third preset Ratio, obtain the third scaling power, and evenly allocate the third scaling power to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal, and the third preset ratio is min ⁇ 2*N/M 2 , 1 ⁇ , N represents the antenna ports with non-zero power for the uplink signal, and M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal.
  • the terminal uses the following method to determine the PUSCH transmit power: multiply the first basic power by the fourth preset Set the ratio to obtain the fourth scaling power, and evenly distribute the fourth scaling power to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal, and the fourth preset ratio is min ⁇ 2*N/M 1 , 1 ⁇ , N denotes the uplink signal having a non-zero power to the antenna port, M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of resources included in the maximum antenna ports SRS.
  • the determining the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • one SRS resource corresponds to a number of antenna ports (for ease of description, we also describe the SRS port of the SRS resource as the antenna port of the SRS resource), then when the target resource includes multiple SRS resources , The number of antenna ports included in the target resource is multiple.
  • any of the following methods 1, 2, and 3 can be specifically adopted:
  • the determining the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the first judgment result includes:
  • the predetermined first basic power is multiplied by the first predetermined power.
  • the first preset ratio is N/M 1 , and N represents the uplink the number of antenna ports of a signal having a non-zero power, M 1 represents the number of supported terminals included in a sounding reference signal resource maximum antenna ports;
  • the predetermined first basic power is multiplied by a second preset ratio to obtain the second scaling power, and
  • the second scaled power is evenly allocated to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal
  • the second preset ratio is N/M 2
  • N represents the antenna port with the non-zero transmission power of the uplink signal the number
  • M 2 represents the number of antenna ports used to determine the sounding reference signal resource precoding matrix comprises the uplink signal.
  • the determining the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the first judgment result includes:
  • the predetermined first basic power is multiplied by the first predetermined power.
  • the first preset ratio is N/M 1 , and N represents the uplink the number of antenna ports of a signal having a non-zero power, M 1 represents the number of supported terminals included in a sounding reference signal resource maximum antenna ports;
  • the transmission power of the uplink signal is full power
  • the The determined first basic power is multiplied by a first preset ratio to obtain the first scaling power, and the first scaling power is evenly allocated to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal, the first preset ratio N/M 1 , N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power for the uplink signal, and M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal.
  • the determining the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the first judgment result includes:
  • the terminal has the first preset capability, and the first judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is the same and the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is all greater than 1, a The determined first basic power is multiplied by a first preset ratio to obtain the first scaled power, and the first scaled power is evenly allocated to the antenna ports with non-zero transmission of the uplink signal, the first preset ratio N/M 1 , N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power in the uplink signal, and M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal;
  • the predetermined first basic power is multiplied by the third A preset ratio is used to obtain a third scaled power, and the third scaled power is equally distributed to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal, and the third preset ratio is min ⁇ 2*N/M 2 , 1 ⁇ , N represents the antenna ports with non-zero power for the uplink signal, and M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal;
  • the first preset capability includes supporting the transmission of the uplink signal at full power, supporting a plurality of sounding reference signal resources configured with different numbers of antenna ports for acquiring the channel state information of the uplink signal, and supporting any two The combination of antenna ports transmits the uplink signal with full power.
  • the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal is the target resource; when the target resource includes multiple SRS resources, it is used to determine The sounding reference signal resource of the precoding matrix of the uplink signal is the SRS resource indicated by the SRI.
  • the full power transmission of the PUSCH by the terminal is defined in this embodiment as under the condition that the terminal has at least one precoding codeword under the limitation of the uplink codebook subset without considering the simultaneous transmission of the PUSCH and other signals.
  • the uplink transmission power is the transmission power of the PUSCH calculated according to the uplink power control formula (for example, in the NR system, it corresponds to the transmission power of the PUSCH calculated in section 7.1.1 of the 3GPP protocol TS 38.213. It does not satisfy the full power transmission.
  • the definition of terminal transmission behavior is partial power transmission.
  • the transmission power of the terminal may need to be scaled according to the power of each signal.
  • the transmission power of PUSCH needs to be multiplied by a coefficient related to signal multiplexing.
  • the terminal is transmitting PUSCH at full power.
  • the terminal uses the calculation according to the uplink power control formula
  • the transmission power of the PUSCH (for example, in the NR system, corresponding to the transmission power of the PUSCH calculated in section 7.1.1 of the 3GPP protocol TS 38.213) sending the PUSCH is also considered to be full power transmission.
  • the judging whether the number of antenna ports included in the target resource are the same includes:
  • the terminal When the terminal has the second preset capability, it is determined whether the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is the same.
  • the transmission power of the uplink signal is determined according to a predetermined first power control rule.
  • the terminal when the terminal has one or more capabilities, it is determined whether the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is the same, and the transmission power control rule of the uplink signal is determined based on the judgment result, and the uplink signal is determined based on the transmission power control rule.
  • the transmission power under other capabilities, use other transmission power control rules.
  • the second preset capability or the third preset capability includes at least one of the following:
  • the indication information of the restriction on the codebook subset that can be transmitted at full power supported by the terminal, where the codebook subset that can be transmitted at full power means that at least one precoding matrix exists in the codebook subset so that the terminal can transmit uplink signals at full power;
  • the terminal supports the ability to transmit PUSCH using a precoding matrix that exceeds the PUSCH coherent transmission capability of the user equipment;
  • the determining the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the configuration information of the target resource includes:
  • the configuration information of the target resource is the first preset configuration information, determine the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the capability information of the terminal;
  • the transmission power of the uplink signal is determined according to a predetermined second power control rule.
  • the transmission power of the uplink signal is determined based on the capability of the terminal. Under other SRS resource configurations, the transmission power of the uplink signal can be determined without the ability of the terminal.
  • the first preset resource configuration may be a kind of predefined target resource configuration information.
  • the number of antenna ports of the target resource is a predefined value, as shown in 4.
  • the first preset resource is configured as the number of antenna ports of the target resource equal to the maximum number of antenna ports for PUCSH transmission supported by the terminal.
  • an example of the first preset resource configuration is: the target resource includes multiple SRS resources, and at least two SRS resources include different numbers of antenna ports.
  • the second preset resource configuration may be another predefined target resource configuration information, for example, the number of antenna ports of the target resource is 2.
  • the second preset resource configuration is the antenna port of the target resource The number is less than the maximum number of antenna ports supported by the terminal for PUCSH transmission.
  • an example of the second preset resource configuration is: the target resource includes one SRS resource or multiple SRS resources including the same number of antenna ports.
  • the target resource includes at least two sounding reference signal resources
  • the transmission power of the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource ,include:
  • the transmission power of the uplink signal may be further determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the SRS resource included in the SRS resource set where the SRS resource indicated by the SRI is located.
  • SRI is SRS resource indication information, used to indicate the SRS resource corresponding to the SRS determining the precoding matrix of the uplink signal, or used to indicate the SRS resource corresponding to the SRS determining the analog beamforming of the uplink signal .
  • any one of the following manner 1, manner 2, and manner three may be specifically adopted:
  • Manner 1 When the second judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the same and both are greater than 1, the predetermined first basic power is multiplied by a first preset ratio to obtain the first Scaling power, and evenly allocating the first scaling power to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal, the first preset ratio is N/M 1 , and N indicates that the uplink signal has non-zero power
  • M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal;
  • the predetermined first basic power is multiplied by a second preset ratio to obtain the second scaling power, and
  • the second scaled power is evenly allocated to antenna ports with non-zero power for the uplink signal
  • the second preset ratio is N/M 2
  • N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power for the uplink signal
  • M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal.
  • the determining the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the second judgment result includes:
  • the predetermined first basic power is multiplied by the first
  • a preset ratio is used to obtain the first scaled power, and the first scaled power is evenly allocated to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal.
  • the first preset ratio is N/M 1 , and N represents the The number of antenna ports with non-zero power in the uplink signal, and M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal;
  • the transmission power of the uplink signal is full power
  • the predetermined first basic power is multiplied by the first preset ratio to obtain the first scaled power, and the first scaled power is evenly allocated to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal.
  • the first preset The ratio is N/M 1 , where N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power for the uplink signal, and M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal.
  • the determining the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the second judgment result includes:
  • the terminal has the first preset capability, and the second judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the same and the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is all greater than 1, the The predetermined first basic power is multiplied by a first preset ratio to obtain the first scaled power, and the first scaled power is evenly allocated to the antenna ports with non-zero transmission of the uplink signal.
  • the first preset The ratio is N/M 1 , where N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power for the uplink signal, and M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal;
  • the predetermined first basic power is multiplied by the first Three preset ratios are used to obtain a third scaling power, and the third scaling power is equally distributed to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal, and the third preset ratio is min ⁇ 2*N/M 2 , 1 ⁇ , N represents an antenna port with non-zero power for the uplink signal, and M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal;
  • the first preset capability includes supporting the transmission of the uplink signal at full power, supporting a plurality of sounding reference signal resources configured with different numbers of antenna ports for acquiring the channel state information of the uplink signal, and supporting any two The combination of antenna ports transmits the uplink signal with full power.
  • the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource Transmission power, including:
  • the predetermined first basic power is multiplied by the fourth preset ratio to obtain the second scaling power
  • the second The scaled power is evenly allocated to the antenna ports with non-zero power in the uplink signal
  • the fourth preset ratio is N/M 3
  • N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power in the uplink signal
  • M 3 represents all The number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • the first basic power is the transmit power of the uplink signal calculated according to the uplink power control formula in section 7.1.1 of TS 38.213-f40 in the NR system. That is, the first basic power is determined according to information such as the maximum transmission power of the terminal on the uplink carrier, the open-loop receiving end power target value, the path loss estimation, and the path loss compensation factor.
  • the transmission power of the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource.
  • Manner 1 The determining the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes
  • the transmission power of the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • the said further includes:
  • the transmission power of the uplink signal is determined according to a predetermined third power control rule.
  • the terminal uses different uplink signal transmission power determination methods for different numbers of antenna ports included in the first resource to determine the uplink signal transmission power; in other capabilities, the Different numbers of antenna ports included in the first resource use the same uplink signal transmission power determination method to determine the uplink signal transmission power.
  • the fourth preset capability may include a capability of the terminal to support full power transmission.
  • the fourth preset capability includes the terminal supporting the base station to configure multiple resources including different numbers of antenna ports for the terminal to achieve full power transmission.
  • the fourth preset capability includes that any combination of any two PA/PUSCH antenna ports of the terminal can achieve full power transmission.
  • the fourth preset capability includes that the terminal does not support the base station to configure multiple resources including different numbers of antenna ports for the terminal to achieve full power transmission.
  • the fourth preset capability includes that any one PA/PUSCH antenna port of the terminal can achieve full power transmission.
  • the fifth preset capability may include another terminal's ability to support full power transmission.
  • the fifth preset capability includes that the terminal does not support the base station to configure multiple resources with different numbers of antenna ports for the terminal to achieve full power. send.
  • the fifth preset capability includes that any one PA/PUSCH antenna port of the terminal can achieve full power transmission.
  • the PA/PUSCH antenna port of the terminal can achieve full power transmission means that the PA or PUSCH antenna port of the terminal can reach the transmission power corresponding to the power level of the terminal.
  • the fifth preset capability includes that the terminal supports the base station to configure multiple resources including different numbers of antenna ports for the terminal to achieve full power transmission.
  • the fifth preset capability includes that any combination of any two PA/PUSCH antenna ports of the terminal can achieve full power transmission.
  • the determining the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes
  • the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is a first preset number, determine the transmit power of the uplink signal according to the capability information of the terminal;
  • the transmission power of the uplink signal is determined according to a predetermined fourth power control rule.
  • the transmit power of the uplink signal is determined based on the capability of the UE, and under the number of antenna ports included in the other first resources, it can be determined without the capability of the UE.
  • the transmit power of the uplink signal is determined based on the capability of the UE, and under the number of antenna ports included in the other first resources, it can be determined without the capability of the UE.
  • the determining the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the transmit power of the uplink signal is determined according to the relative relationship between the number of antenna ports included in the target resource and the number of maximum antenna ports included in one sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal.
  • the relative relationship is the size relationship between the number of antenna ports included in the target resource and the maximum number of antenna ports included in one SRS resource supported by the terminal.
  • the determining the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the second indication information sent by the network side device indicates that the transmission power of the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, according to the target resource The number of antenna ports included to determine the transmission power of the uplink signal;
  • the transmission power of the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, and the third indication information is used to indicate that according to the target The number of antenna ports included in the resource determines the transmission power of the uplink signal.
  • the second indication information may indicate the content of determining the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, or may indicate the determination of the transmission power of the uplink signal not according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource
  • the content of the transmit power of the uplink signal has only one content, that is, it indicates that the transmission power of the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource.
  • the terminal may also receive the second indication information sent by the base station, and determine whether to determine the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource based on the content indicated by the second indication information.
  • the terminal judges whether the third indication information sent by the base station is received, and when receiving the indication information, determines the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource.
  • determining the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the first indication information of the network side device includes:
  • Configuration information of sounding reference signal resources used to obtain the channel state information of the uplink signal.
  • the scheduling information of the uplink signal and/or the configuration information of the sounding reference signal resource used to obtain the channel state information of the uplink signal can be combined with the first indication information to determine the transmission power of the uplink signal.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the transmit power of the uplink signal when the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is a first preset value
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the transmission power of the uplink signal when the number of antenna ports included in the second resource is a second preset value, and the second resource is used to determine the uplink signal Sounding reference signal resource of the precoding matrix.
  • the first preset value may have one or more values
  • the second preset value may also have one or more values
  • the number of antenna ports for an uplink signal corresponds to a method for determining the transmission power of the uplink signal
  • the method for determining the transmission power of the uplink signal corresponding to the number of antenna ports for different uplink signals may be the same or different.
  • the terminal determines the transmission power of the uplink signal in a joint indication or separately.
  • a joint indication the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is taken When the value is 1 and 2, the first power determination method is used; respectively indicate: when the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is 1, the first power determination method is used, and when it is 2, the first power determination method is used.
  • the first indication information may only indicate a manner of determining the transmission power of the uplink signal under one or more of the values.
  • the uplink signal refers to the PUSCH
  • the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is the number of PUSCH ports.
  • the number of antenna ports included in a second resource corresponds to a method for determining the transmission power of uplink signals.
  • the transmission power of uplink signals corresponding to the number of antenna ports included in different second resources can be determined in the same way or different.
  • the terminal determines the transmission power of the uplink signal by a joint indication or a separate indication, for example, a joint indication:
  • the first power determination method is used; respectively indicate: when the number of antenna ports included in the second resource is 1, the first power determination method is used, and when it is 2, the first power determination method is used .
  • the first indication information may only indicate a manner of determining the transmission power of the uplink signal under one or more of the values.
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the manner of determining the overhead of the uplink scheduling information as described below may also be included.
  • it also includes:
  • the first resource is a sounding reference signal resource indicated by a sounding reference signal resource indication, or all sounding reference signal resources included in a first sounding reference signal resource set, and the first sounding reference signal resource set is a sounding reference signal The resource set where the sounding reference signal resource indicated by the resource indication is located;
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the manner of determining the overhead of the uplink scheduling information.
  • the uplink signal can be determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, or the number of antenna ports included in the resource indicated by the SRI, or the number of antenna ports included in all resources included in the resource set where the resource indicated by the SRI is located.
  • the corresponding codebook subset and/or uplink scheduling information overhead can be determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, or the number of antenna ports included in the resource indicated by the SRI, or the number of antenna ports included in all resources included in the resource set where the resource indicated by the SRI is located.
  • the terminal determines the codebook subset and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information corresponding to the uplink signal, it determines the precoding and the number of transmission streams according to the codebook subset and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information corresponding to the uplink signal, and then The uplink signal is transmitted according to the precoding matrix and the number of transmission streams, and the transmission power of the uplink signal determined in the foregoing.
  • the method further includes:
  • the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information is determined.
  • the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information can be determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • any one of the following method 1 and method 2 may be used to determine the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information:
  • Method 1 The method in 3GPP Rel-15 version protocol TS38.212, that is, the terminal determines the precoding in DCI according to the codebooksubset indicated by the base station, the number of antenna ports of the PUSCH, the maxRank of the PUSCH (the maximum number of transmission streams) and the uplink transmission waveform And the overhead of the transport stream number indication information, and decode the precoding and transport stream number indication information in the DCI according to the overhead, and determine the precoding and transport stream number corresponding to PUSCH transmission;
  • Manner 2 The terminal determines the number of antenna ports included in all SRS resources, and determines the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information based on the value.
  • the terminal determines the precoding and transmission stream number indication information overhead in combination with the codebook subset restriction signaling.
  • the terminal also needs to determine the precoding and transmission stream number indication overhead in combination with the maximum transmission stream number signaling.
  • the base station configures the terminal with two SRS resources for PUSCH transmission based on the codebook, and the number of antenna ports included is 2 and 4 respectively, and the terminal determines the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information according to antenna port 4.
  • the precoding and transmission stream number indication information are part of the uplink scheduling information.
  • the following method 1, method 2, method 3, and method may be specifically used Any of the four:
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource ,include:
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information is determined.
  • the terminal uses the method in the 3GPP Rel-15 version protocol TS38.212 to determine the code corresponding to the uplink signal The overhead of this subset and/or uplink scheduling information.
  • the terminal when determining the number of precoding and transmission streams included in the uplink scheduling information according to the third determination result, if the third determination result indicates that at least some of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource are different, Then, the maximum value of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is obtained, and the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information is determined based on the maximum value.
  • the base station indicates the codebook subset restriction signaling to the terminal, the terminal also needs to combine the codebook subset restriction signaling to determine the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information.
  • the base station indicates the maximum transmission stream number signaling to the terminal, the terminal also needs to combine the maximum transmission stream number signaling to determine the precoding and transmission stream number indication overhead.
  • the base station configures the terminal with two SRS resources for PUSCH transmission based on the codebook, and the number of antenna ports included is 2 and 4 respectively, and the terminal determines the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information according to antenna port 4.
  • the precoding and transmission stream number indication information are part of the uplink scheduling information.
  • the base station configures the terminal with an SRS resource set for acquiring CSI based on the codebook PUSCH, and the SRS resource set includes one 2-port SRS resource and one 4-port SRS resource.
  • the base station indicates to the terminal the codebook subset restriction signaling codebooksubset and the maximum transmission stream number signaling maxRank, the value of codebooksubset is'nonCoherent', and maxRank indicates single flow.
  • the transmission waveform of the uplink signal is Cyclic Prefix Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (CP-OFDM)
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the restriction signaling at 4 antenna ports is TPMI 0 in Table 1.
  • the corresponding codebook subset for 2 antenna ports is TPMI 0-1 in Appendix Table 2.
  • the base station restricts the corresponding codebook subset according to the codebook subset for 4 antenna ports
  • the terminal determines the coding of precoding and transmission stream number indication information according to the precoding and transmission stream number indication overhead and Table 3.
  • Table 1 Precoding matrix W used for single-layer transmission using two antenna ports (codewords with TPMI index of 0 to 1 are codewords for non-coherent transmission; other codewords are codewords for fully coherent transmission)
  • Table 2 The precoding matrix W using four antenna ports for single-layer transmission under the CP-OFDM waveform (codewords with TPMI index of 0 to 3 are non-coherent transmission codewords; codewords with TPMI index of 4 to 11 are partially coherent Transmitted codewords; other codewords are codewords for fully coherent transmission)
  • One way for the terminal to determine the precoding and the overhead indicated by the number of transport streams according to the codebook subset is based on the number of precoding matrices contained in the codebook subset, for example, the number is Y, and the number is logarithmically based on 2 Back-up rounding as the overhead indicated by the number of precoding and transport streams
  • the precoding and transmission stream number indication refers to indication information used to indicate the precoding matrix and the number of transmission streams of the uplink signal.
  • the indication information may be in the same field, for example, the Precoding information and number of layers field in the DCI.
  • the overhead indicated by the precoding and the number of transmission streams is the overhead of the information field.
  • the information may include multiple fields. At least one field is used to indicate the precoding matrix, and at least one field is used to indicate the number of transmission streams, and the cost of precoding and the number of transmission streams is the total cost of these fields.
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • a codebook subset and/or uplink scheduling information overhead corresponding to the uplink signal is determined.
  • the terminal does not determine whether the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is the same, but directly determines the codebook subset and/or corresponding to the uplink signal according to the maximum value of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource. Or the overhead of uplink scheduling information.
  • the terminal also needs to determine the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information in combination with the codebook subset restriction signaling.
  • the terminal also needs to determine the precoding and transmission stream number indication overhead in combination with the maximum transmission stream number signaling.
  • the base station configures the terminal with two SRS resources for PUSCH transmission based on the codebook, and the number of antenna ports included is 2 and 4 respectively, and the terminal determines the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information according to antenna port 4.
  • the precoding and transmission stream number indication information are part of the uplink scheduling information.
  • the terminal also needs to determine the candidate overhead of the DCI according to the precoding and transmission stream number indication information, and use the overhead to receive the DCI.
  • the terminal can determine the coding mode corresponding to the precoding and transport stream number indication information, and then obtain the precoding and transport stream number indication information according to the decoding of the DCI.
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the fifth indication information After receiving the fifth indication information sent by the network-side device, and the fifth indication information indicates that the codebook subset and/or the uplink scheduling information corresponding to the uplink signal are determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource
  • the overhead of the codebook subset and/or uplink scheduling information corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource.
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the sixth indication information is used to indicate to determine the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource.
  • the fifth indication information may be an indication that the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, or may be an indication that it is not based on the target The number of antenna ports included in the resource determines the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead content of the uplink scheduling information.
  • the sixth indication information has only one content, that is, it indicates that the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource.
  • the terminal may also receive the fifth instruction information sent by the base station, and determine based on the content indicated by the fifth instruction information whether to determine the codebook subset and/or corresponding to the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource Or the overhead of uplink scheduling information.
  • the terminal determines whether the sixth indication information sent by the base station is received, and when receiving the indication information, according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, determines the codebook subset and codebook corresponding to the uplink signal. /Or the overhead of uplink scheduling information.
  • any one of the following manners 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 can be used :
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes:
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the uplink scheduling information overhead is determined.
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the uplink scheduling information overhead according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes:
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes:
  • the ninth indication information After receiving the ninth indication information sent by the network-side device, and the ninth indication information indicates that the codebook subset and/or the uplink scheduling corresponding to the uplink signal are determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the uplink scheduling information overhead is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the uplink scheduling information overhead according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes:
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource, so The tenth indication information is used to indicate that the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the uplink scheduling information overhead according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes:
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the uplink scheduling information overhead is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • it also includes:
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information is determined according to the first preset rule.
  • the terminal has one or more capabilities, it is determined whether the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the same, and the uplink signal transmission power control rule is determined based on the judgment result, and the uplink signal is determined based on the transmission power control rule.
  • the sixth preset capability or the seventh preset capability includes at least one of the following:
  • the indication information of the restriction on the codebook subset that can be transmitted at full power supported by the terminal, where the codebook subset that can be transmitted at full power means that at least one precoding matrix exists in the codebook subset so that the terminal can transmit uplink signals at full power;
  • the terminal supports the ability to transmit PUSCH using a precoding matrix that exceeds the PUSCH coherent transmission capability of the user equipment;
  • the uplink signal corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource.
  • the overhead of the codebook subset and/or uplink scheduling information includes:
  • the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the third preset number, determine the one corresponding to the uplink signal according to the capability information of the terminal and/or the eighth indication information of the network side device Overhead of codebook subset and/or uplink scheduling information;
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information is determined.
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the third preset number, determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the capability information of the terminal;
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information is determined.
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information is determined based on the capabilities of the terminal, and the antenna ports included in the first resource Under the number of, the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information can be determined without the ability of the terminal.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information when the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is a third preset value ;
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information when the number of antenna ports included in the second resource is the fourth preset value;
  • the second resource is a sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal.
  • the third preset value may have one or more values
  • the fourth preset value may also have one or more values.
  • the number of antenna ports of an uplink signal corresponds to a method for determining the transmission power of the uplink signal
  • the number of antenna ports of different uplink signals corresponds to the codebook subset and/or uplink scheduling information overhead of the uplink signal.
  • the method of determining can be the same or different.
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal of the terminal and/or the overhead mode of the uplink scheduling information may be indicated jointly or separately
  • joint indication when the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is 1 and 2, the first overhead determination method is used; respectively indicate: when the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is 1, the first overhead determination method is used, and when it is 2, The first cost determination method is adopted.
  • the fourth indication information may only indicate the codebook subset and/or codebook corresponding to the uplink signal under one or more of the values. Or the way to determine the overhead of the uplink scheduling information.
  • the number of antenna ports included in a second resource corresponds to a method for determining the codebook subset and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information corresponding to the uplink signal
  • the number of antenna ports included in different second resources corresponds to
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the manner of determining the overhead of the uplink scheduling information may be the same or different.
  • the manner in which the terminal determines the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information may be jointly indicated or Indicate separately, such as joint instruction: when the number of antenna ports included in the second resource is 1 and 2, the first overhead determination method is used; respectively indicate: when the number of antenna ports included in the second resource is 1, the first overhead is used The determination method, when it is 2, the first cost determination method is adopted.
  • the fourth indication information may only indicate one or more of the values of the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal And/or the method of determining the overhead of the uplink scheduling information.
  • the capability information of the terminal includes at least one of the following:
  • A1 The codebook subset supported by the terminal is restricted
  • A2 The indication information of the codebook subset limit for sending at full power supported by the terminal.
  • the codebook subset sent at full power is at least one precoding matrix in the codebook subset so that the terminal can send the uplink signal at full power ;
  • A3 A combination of power amplifiers for the terminal to transmit the uplink signal at full power
  • A4 The upper limit of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource when the terminal can transmit with full power under all transmission precoding matrices
  • A5 The lower limit of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource when the terminal can transmit at full power under all transmission precoding matrices
  • A6 The combination of antenna ports for the terminal to transmit the uplink signal with full power.
  • the method of reporting capability information of the UE is: the UE reports a set of precoding matrices that support full power transmission, and the PA combination corresponding to these precoding matrices can achieve full power transmission.
  • the positions of non-zero elements corresponding to any two precoding matrices in the precoding matrix set are different. In this way, the overhead of UE capability reporting can be reduced.
  • each precoding matrix in the precoding matrix set contains only one non-zero antenna port. After the base station receives the capability reported by the UE, it is assumed that the antenna port corresponding to any precoded non-zero element reported by the terminal can be transmitted with full power.
  • the usage is the SRS resource of'codebook' (that is, the SRS resource used to obtain the CSI of the codebook-based PUSCH) contains no more than P, all TPMI Both can be sent at full power.
  • the lower limit Q when the usage is the SRS resource of the codebook (that is, the SRS resource used to obtain the CSI of the codebook based PUSCH) contains less than Q, all TPMIs can be used Full power transmission.
  • the UE reports the antenna ports that it can transmit at full power in a bitmap manner.
  • the terminal reports a 4-bit capability information, and each bit indicates whether a port supports full power transmission. As an example, when each bit is 1, it means that the corresponding antenna port can transmit at full power, and when it is 0, it means that the corresponding antenna port cannot transmit at full power; of course, there can be another example, when each bit is 1 It means that the corresponding antenna port cannot transmit at full power. When it is 0, it means that the corresponding antenna port can transmit at full power.
  • the capability information of the terminal may also include the information therein.
  • the capability information of the terminal may also include the information therein.
  • the above-mentioned capability reported by the terminal is only applicable when the number of antenna ports is equal to the maximum number of antenna ports that the terminal includes in one sounding reference signal resource.
  • the aforementioned capabilities reported by the terminal are applicable to all SRS resources used to acquire codebook-based uplink transmission.
  • the terminal may report different capabilities for the number of multiple antenna ports. That is, if the terminal supports SRS resources with a maximum of 4 antenna ports, the terminal reports a capability X for 4 antenna ports and a capability Y for 2 antenna ports, where X and Y are examples of two capabilities.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure provide different power control, codebook subset restriction, precoding, and transport stream numbers for the number of SRS resources included in the SRS resource set of codebook-based uplink transmission in the system.
  • PUSCH transmission corresponds to different SRS resources
  • PUSCH transmission corresponds to different SRS resources, it corresponds to different codebook subset restrictions and/or the overhead of precoding matrix and the number of transmission streams and/or the overhead of DCI can save overhead or the base station can flexibly schedule the terminal. Transmission method to obtain the benefits of better system performance.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure provide an uplink transmission method, which is applied to a network side device, and solves the problem that the reference power determination method in the related art cannot be applied to scenarios with more resource configurations.
  • the uplink sending method of the embodiment of the present disclosure specifically includes the following steps:
  • Step 21 Determine the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the configuration information of the target resource or using the power determination method indicated by the first indication information sent to the terminal.
  • the target resource includes a sounding reference signal resource configured by the network side device to obtain channel state information of the uplink signal, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal to determine the transmission power of the uplink signal the way.
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is the codebook subset of the uplink signal.
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix is the reference power of the precoding matrix.
  • Step 22 Determine the uplink scheduling information of the uplink signal according to the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal.
  • the uplink signal is a PUSCH signal based on a codebook.
  • Step 23 Send the uplink scheduling information to the terminal.
  • the network side device determines the reference power in step 21, it further uses the reference power to calculate the first measurement value corresponding to any one of the precoding matrices, where the first measurement value may specifically correspond to the precoding matrix
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure can calculate the reference power based on the same technical rules as the terminal side equipment on the network side, so that the uplink scheduling information of the uplink signal can be determined based on the reference power, which can be applied to more The scenario of resource allocation.
  • determining the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the configuration information of the target resource includes:
  • the first resource is a sounding reference signal resource indicated by a sounding reference signal resource indication, or all sounding reference signal resources included in a first sounding reference signal resource set, and the first sounding reference signal resource set is a sounding reference signal
  • the resource indicates the resource set where the indicated sounding reference signal resource is located.
  • the reference transmission can be determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, or the number of antenna ports included in the resource indicated by the SRI, or the number of antenna ports included in all resources included in the resource set where the resource indicated by the SRI is located. power.
  • the target resource may include one SRS resource, or may include multiple SRS resources, then when the target resource includes one SRS resource, any one of the following methods 1 and 2 may be used to determine the uplink signal corresponding to Reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to PUSCH
  • Pi represents the i-th antenna port in the codebook subset corresponding to PUSCH.
  • M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in one SRS resource supported by the terminal;
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to PUSCH
  • Pi represents the i-th antenna port in the codebook subset corresponding to PUSCH.
  • M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the SRS resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal.
  • the target resource includes at least two sounding reference signal resources, and determining the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined.
  • one SRS resource corresponds to a number of antenna ports
  • the target resource includes multiple SRS resources, the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is multiple numbers.
  • any of the following methods 1, 2, and 3 may be specifically adopted:
  • the determining the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the first judgment result includes:
  • the codebook corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the following formula
  • the reference power corresponding to the concentrated precoding matrix
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the following formula:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal
  • M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal.
  • the determining the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the first judgment result includes:
  • the codebook corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the following formula
  • the reference power corresponding to the concentrated precoding matrix
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • the uplink The reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the signal is determined as the predetermined second basic power as the reference power corresponding to any precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal;
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting a maximum antenna ports.
  • the determining the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the first judgment result includes:
  • the terminal has the first preset capability, and the first judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is the same and the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is all greater than 1, the following is Formula to determine the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • the code corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the following formula Reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in this subset:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal
  • M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal
  • the first preset capability includes supporting the transmission of the uplink signal at full power, supporting a plurality of sounding reference signal resources configured with different numbers of antenna ports for acquiring the channel state information of the uplink signal, and supporting any two The combination of antenna ports transmits the uplink signal with full power.
  • the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal is the target resource; when the target resource includes multiple SRS resources, it is used to determine The sounding reference signal resource of the precoding matrix of the uplink signal is the SRS resource indicated by the SRI.
  • the second basic power is a power determined by the base station according to channel measurement conditions, or the second basic power is a power value predefined by a network device.
  • the full power transmission of the PUSCH by the terminal is defined as based on the fact that the terminal has at least one precoding codeword corresponding to the uplink transmission power under the limitation of the uplink codebook subset without considering the simultaneous transmission of the PUSCH and other signals.
  • the transmission power of the PUSCH calculated by the uplink power control formula (for example, in the NR system, it corresponds to the transmission power of the PUSCH calculated in section 7.1.1 of the 3GPP protocol TS 38.213).
  • the transmission behavior of the terminal that does not meet the definition of full power transmission is non-full power transmission.
  • the transmission power of the terminal may need to be scaled according to the power of each signal.
  • the transmission power of PUSCH needs to be multiplied by a signal complex. Using related coefficients, in this case, we still consider the terminal to transmit PUSCH at full power.
  • the judging whether the number of antenna ports included in the target resource are the same includes:
  • the terminal When the terminal has the second preset capability, it is determined whether the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is the same.
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the predetermined first power control rule.
  • the terminal has one or more capabilities, it is judged whether the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is the same, and based on the judgment result, the reference power control rule corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined, based on all The transmission power control rule determines the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal; under other capabilities, other transmission power control rules are used.
  • the second preset capability or the third preset capability includes at least one of the following:
  • the indication information of the restriction on the codebook subset that can be transmitted at full power supported by the terminal, where the codebook subset that can be transmitted at full power means that at least one precoding matrix exists in the codebook subset so that the terminal can transmit uplink signals at full power;
  • the terminal supports the ability to transmit PUSCH using a precoding matrix that exceeds the PUSCH coherent transmission capability of the user equipment;
  • the determining the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the configuration information of the target resource includes:
  • the configuration information of the target resource is the first preset configuration information
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the predetermined second power control rule.
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined based on the capability of the terminal.
  • the uplink signal can be determined without the capability of the terminal. The reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the corresponding codebook subset.
  • the first preset resource configuration may be a kind of predefined target resource configuration information.
  • the number of antenna ports of the target resource is a predefined value, such as 4.
  • the number of antenna ports configured as the target resource for the first preset resource is equal to the maximum number of antenna ports for PUCSH transmission supported by the terminal.
  • an example of the first preset resource configuration is: the target resource includes multiple SRS resources, and at least two SRS resources include different numbers of antenna ports.
  • the second preset resource configuration may be another predefined target resource configuration information, for example, the number of antenna ports of the target resource is 2.
  • the number of antenna ports configured as the target resource for the second preset resource is less than the maximum number of antenna ports supported by the terminal for PUCSH transmission.
  • an example of the second preset resource configuration is: the target resource includes one SRS resource or multiple SRS resources including the same number of antenna ports.
  • the target resource includes at least two sounding reference signal resources
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix includes:
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined.
  • the number of antenna ports included in the SRS resource included in the SRS resource set in which the SRS resource indicated by the SRI is located may be further used to determine the preset codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal. Reference power corresponding to the coding matrix.
  • SRI is SRS resource indication information, used to indicate the SRS resource corresponding to the SRS determining the precoding matrix of the uplink signal, or used to indicate the SRS resource corresponding to the SRS determining the analog beamforming of the uplink signal .
  • any one of the following manner 1, manner 2, and manner three may be specifically adopted:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the following formula:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal
  • the reference power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset, the second preset ratio is N/M 2
  • N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power for the uplink signal
  • M 2 represents the The number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource of the precoding matrix of the uplink signal.
  • the determining the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the second judgment result includes:
  • the code corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the following formula Reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in this subset:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal
  • the reference power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset, the first preset ratio is N/M 1 , where N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power for the uplink signal, and M 1 represents the terminal support The number of maximum antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource;
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined as the predetermined second basic power as the reference power corresponding to any precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal;
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting a maximum antenna ports.
  • the determining the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the second judgment result includes:
  • the terminal has the first preset capability, and the second judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the same and the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is all greater than 1, according to The following formula is used to determine the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • the terminal has the first preset capability, and the second judgment result indicates that at least some of the number of antenna ports included in the first resource are different, determine the corresponding uplink signal according to the following formula Reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal
  • M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal
  • the first preset capability includes supporting the transmission of the uplink signal at full power, supporting a plurality of sounding reference signal resources configured with different numbers of antenna ports for acquiring the channel state information of the uplink signal, and supporting any two The combination of antenna ports transmits the uplink signal with full power.
  • the code corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource.
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in this subset includes:
  • the predetermined second basic power is determined to be the one corresponding to any precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal Reference power
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the following formula:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal
  • M 3 represents the number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • the value of the fifth preset value may be 1, and the value of the sixth preset value may be 2 and 4.
  • the preset codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined.
  • any of the following method 1 or method 2 may also be used:
  • Manner 1 The determining the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • the said further includes:
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the predetermined third power control rule.
  • the terminal uses different uplink signal transmission power determination methods for different numbers of antenna ports included in the first resource to determine the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal.
  • the terminal uses different uplink signal transmission power determination methods for different numbers of antenna ports included in the first resource to determine the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal.
  • the fourth preset capability may include a capability of the terminal to support full power transmission.
  • the fourth preset capability includes the terminal supporting the base station to configure multiple resources including different numbers of antenna ports for the terminal to achieve full power transmission.
  • the fourth preset capability includes that any combination of any two PA/PUSCH antenna ports of the terminal can achieve full power transmission.
  • the fourth preset capability includes that the terminal does not support the base station to configure multiple resources including different numbers of antenna ports for the terminal to achieve full power transmission.
  • the fourth preset capability includes that any one PA/PUSCH antenna port of the terminal can achieve full power transmission.
  • the fifth preset capability may include another terminal's ability to support full power transmission.
  • the fifth preset capability includes that the terminal does not support the base station to configure multiple resources with different numbers of antenna ports for the terminal to achieve full power. send.
  • the fifth preset capability includes that any one PA/PUSCH antenna port of the terminal can achieve full power transmission.
  • the PA/PUSCH antenna port of the terminal can achieve full power transmission means that the PA or PUSCH antenna port of the terminal can reach the transmission power corresponding to the power level of the terminal.
  • the fifth preset capability includes that the terminal supports the base station to configure multiple resources including different numbers of antenna ports for the terminal to achieve full power transmission.
  • the fifth preset capability includes that any combination of any two PA/PUSCH antenna ports of the terminal can achieve full power transmission.
  • Manner 3 The determining the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes
  • the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the first preset number, determine the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the capability information of the terminal;
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to a predetermined fourth power control rule.
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined based on the capability of the UE, and the number of antenna ports included in the other first resources
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal can be determined without the ability of the UE.
  • the determining the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined.
  • the relative relationship is the size relationship between the number of antenna ports included in the target resource and the maximum number of antenna ports included in one SRS resource supported by the terminal.
  • the determining the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the second indication information After receiving the second indication information sent by the network-side device, and the second indication information indicates that the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource In this case, determine the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource;
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, and the third indication The information is used to indicate that the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource.
  • the second indication information may indicate that the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, or may indicate that the target resource does not include The number of antenna ports determines the content of the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal.
  • the third indication information has only one content, that is, it indicates that the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource.
  • the terminal may also receive the second indication information sent by the base station, and determine whether the precoding matrix corresponding to the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined based on the content indicated by the second indication information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource The reference power.
  • the terminal judges whether the third indication information sent by the base station is received, and when receiving the indication information, according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, determines the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal The corresponding reference power.
  • determining the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the first indication information of the network side device includes:
  • Configuration information of sounding reference signal resources used to obtain the channel state information of the uplink signal.
  • the scheduling information of the uplink signal and/or the configuration information of the sounding reference signal resource used to obtain the channel state information of the uplink signal can be combined with the first indication information to determine the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal.
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix is the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal when the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is a first preset value;
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal when the number of antenna ports included in the second resource is the second preset value, and the second resource is Used to determine the sounding reference signal resource of the precoding matrix of the uplink signal.
  • the first preset value may have one or more values
  • the second preset value may also have one or more values
  • the number of antenna ports of an uplink signal corresponds to a method for determining the reference power
  • the method for determining the reference power corresponding to the number of antenna ports of different uplink signals may be the same or different.
  • the manner in which the terminal determines the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal may be indicated jointly or separately, for example, Joint indication: when the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is 1 and 2, the first power determination method is used; respectively indicate: when the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is 1, the first power determination method is used, and when it is 2, the first power determination method is used.
  • the first indication information may only indicate a method for determining the reference power under one or several values.
  • the uplink signal refers to the PUSCH
  • the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is the number of PUSCH ports.
  • the number of antenna ports included in a second resource corresponds to a method for determining the reference power
  • the method for determining the reference power corresponding to the number of antenna ports included in different second resources may be the same or different.
  • the manner in which the terminal determines the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal may be indicated jointly or separately
  • joint indication when the number of antenna ports included in the second resource is 1 and 2, use the first power determination method; respectively indicate: when the number of antenna ports included in the second resource is 1, use the first power determination method, When it is 2, the first power determination method is adopted.
  • the first indication information may only indicate a method for determining the reference power under one or more of the values.
  • it also includes:
  • the first resource is a sounding reference signal resource indicated by a sounding reference signal resource indication, or all sounding reference signal resources included in a first sounding reference signal resource set, and the first sounding reference signal resource set is a sounding reference signal The resource set where the sounding reference signal resource indicated by the resource indication is located;
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the manner of determining the overhead of the uplink scheduling information.
  • the uplink signal can be determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, or the number of antenna ports included in the resource indicated by the SRI, or the number of antenna ports included in all resources included in the resource set where the resource indicated by the SRI is located.
  • the corresponding codebook subset and/or uplink scheduling information overhead can be determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, or the number of antenna ports included in the resource indicated by the SRI, or the number of antenna ports included in all resources included in the resource set where the resource indicated by the SRI is located.
  • the terminal determines the codebook subset and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information corresponding to the uplink signal, it determines the precoding and the number of transmission streams according to the codebook subset and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information corresponding to the uplink signal, and then The uplink signal is transmitted according to the precoding matrix and the number of transmission streams, and the transmission power of the uplink signal determined in the foregoing.
  • determining the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the overhead of the precoding and the indication information of the number of transmission streams included in the uplink scheduling information can be determined.
  • any one of the following method 1 and method 2 may be used to determine the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information:
  • Method 1 The method in 3GPP Rel-15 version protocol TS38.212, that is, the terminal determines the precoding in DCI according to the codebooksubset indicated by the base station, the number of antenna ports of the PUSCH, the maxRank of the PUSCH (the maximum number of transmission streams) and the uplink transmission waveform And the overhead of the transport stream number indication information, and decode the precoding and transport stream number indication information in the DCI according to the overhead, and determine the precoding and transport stream number corresponding to PUSCH transmission;
  • Manner 2 The terminal determines the number of antenna ports included in all SRS resources, and determines the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information based on the value.
  • the terminal determines the precoding and transmission stream number indication information overhead in combination with the codebook subset restriction signaling.
  • the terminal also needs to determine the precoding and transmission stream number indication overhead in combination with the maximum transmission stream number signaling.
  • the base station configures the terminal with two SRS resources for PUSCH transmission based on the codebook, and the number of antenna ports included is 2 and 4 respectively, and the terminal determines the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information according to antenna port 4.
  • the precoding and transmission stream number indication information are part of the uplink scheduling information.
  • the following method 1, method 2, method 3, and method may be specifically used Any of the four:
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource , Including:
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information is determined.
  • the terminal uses the method in the 3GPP Rel-15 version protocol TS38.212 to determine the code corresponding to the uplink signal The overhead of this subset and/or uplink scheduling information.
  • the terminal when determining the number of precoding and transmission streams included in the uplink scheduling information according to the third determination result, if the third determination result indicates that at least some of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource are different, Then, the maximum value of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is obtained, and the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information is determined based on the maximum value.
  • the base station indicates the codebook subset restriction signaling to the terminal, the terminal also needs to combine the codebook subset restriction signaling to determine the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information.
  • the base station indicates the maximum transmission stream number signaling to the terminal, the terminal also needs to combine the maximum transmission stream number signaling to determine the precoding and transmission stream number indication overhead.
  • the base station configures the terminal with two SRS resources for PUSCH transmission based on the codebook, and the number of antenna ports included is 2 and 4 respectively, and the terminal determines the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information according to antenna port 4.
  • the precoding and transmission stream number indication information are part of the uplink scheduling information.
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • a codebook subset and/or uplink scheduling information overhead corresponding to the uplink signal is determined.
  • the terminal does not determine whether the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is the same, but directly determines the codebook subset and/or corresponding to the uplink signal according to the maximum value of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource. Or the overhead of uplink scheduling information.
  • the terminal also needs to determine the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information in combination with the codebook subset restriction signaling.
  • the terminal also needs to determine the precoding and transmission stream number indication overhead in combination with the maximum transmission stream number signaling.
  • the base station configures the terminal with two SRS resources for PUSCH transmission based on the codebook, and the number of antenna ports included is 2 and 4 respectively, and the terminal determines the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information according to antenna port 4.
  • the precoding and transmission stream number indication information are part of the uplink scheduling information.
  • the terminal also needs to determine the candidate overhead of the DCI according to the precoding and transmission stream number indication information, and use the overhead to receive the DCI.
  • the terminal can determine the coding mode corresponding to the precoding and transport stream number indication information, and then obtain the precoding and transport stream number indication information according to the decoding of the DCI.
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the fifth indication information After receiving the fifth indication information sent by the network-side device, and the fifth indication information indicates that the codebook subset and/or the uplink scheduling information corresponding to the uplink signal are determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource
  • the overhead of the codebook subset and/or uplink scheduling information corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource.
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the sixth indication information is used to indicate to determine the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource.
  • the fifth indication information may be an indication that the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, or may be an indication that it is not based on the target The number of antenna ports included in the resource determines the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead content of the uplink scheduling information.
  • the sixth indication information has only one content, that is, it indicates that the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource.
  • the terminal may also receive the fifth indication information sent by the base station, and determine based on the content indicated by the fifth indication information whether to determine the codebook subset and/or corresponding to the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource Or the overhead of uplink scheduling information.
  • the terminal determines whether the sixth indication information sent by the base station is received, and when receiving the indication information, according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, determines the codebook subset and codebook corresponding to the uplink signal. /Or the overhead of uplink scheduling information.
  • any one of the following manners 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 can be used :
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes:
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the uplink scheduling information overhead is determined.
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the uplink scheduling information overhead according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes:
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes:
  • the ninth indication information After receiving the ninth indication information sent by the network-side device, and the ninth indication information indicates that the codebook subset and/or the uplink scheduling corresponding to the uplink signal are determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the uplink scheduling information overhead is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the uplink scheduling information overhead according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes:
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource, so The tenth indication information is used to indicate that the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the uplink scheduling information overhead according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes:
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the uplink scheduling information overhead is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • it also includes:
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information is determined according to the first preset rule.
  • the terminal has one or more capabilities, it is determined whether the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the same, and the uplink signal transmission power control rule is determined based on the judgment result, and the uplink signal is determined based on the transmission power control rule.
  • the sixth preset capability or the seventh preset capability includes at least one of the following:
  • the indication information of the restriction on the codebook subset that can be transmitted at full power supported by the terminal, where the codebook subset that can be transmitted at full power means that at least one precoding matrix exists in the codebook subset so that the terminal can transmit uplink signals at full power;
  • the terminal supports the ability to transmit PUSCH using a precoding matrix that exceeds the PUSCH coherent transmission capability of the user equipment;
  • the uplink signal corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource.
  • the overhead of the codebook subset and/or uplink scheduling information includes:
  • the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the third preset number, determine the one corresponding to the uplink signal according to the capability information of the terminal and/or the eighth indication information of the network side device Overhead of codebook subset and/or uplink scheduling information;
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information is determined.
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the third preset number, determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the capability information of the terminal;
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information is determined.
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information is determined based on the capabilities of the terminal, and the antenna ports included in the first resource Under the number of, the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information can be determined without the ability of the terminal.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information when the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is a third preset value ;
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information when the number of antenna ports included in the second resource is the fourth preset value;
  • the second resource is a sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal.
  • the third preset value may have one or more values
  • the fourth preset value may also have one or more values.
  • the number of antenna ports of an uplink signal corresponds to a method for determining the transmission power of the uplink signal
  • the number of antenna ports of different uplink signals corresponds to the codebook subset and/or uplink scheduling information overhead of the uplink signal.
  • the method of determining can be the same or different.
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal of the terminal and/or the overhead mode of the uplink scheduling information may be indicated jointly or separately
  • joint indication when the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is 1 and 2, the first overhead determination method is used; respectively indicate: when the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is 1, the first overhead determination method is used, and when it is 2, The first cost determination method is adopted.
  • the fourth indication information may only indicate the codebook subset and/or codebook corresponding to the uplink signal under one or more of the values. Or the way to determine the overhead of the uplink scheduling information.
  • the number of antenna ports included in a second resource corresponds to a method for determining the codebook subset and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information corresponding to the uplink signal
  • the number of antenna ports included in different second resources corresponds to
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the manner of determining the overhead of the uplink scheduling information may be the same or different.
  • the manner in which the terminal determines the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information may be jointly indicated or Indicate separately, such as joint instruction: when the number of antenna ports included in the second resource is 1 and 2, the first overhead determination method is used; respectively indicate: when the number of antenna ports included in the second resource is 1, the first overhead is used The determination method, when it is 2, the first cost determination method is adopted.
  • the fourth indication information may only indicate one or more of the values of the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal And/or the method of determining the overhead of the uplink scheduling information.
  • the capability information of the terminal includes at least one of the following:
  • A1 The codebook subset supported by the terminal is restricted
  • A2 The indication information of the codebook subset limit for sending at full power supported by the terminal.
  • the codebook subset sent at full power is at least one precoding matrix in the codebook subset so that the terminal can send the uplink signal at full power ;
  • A3 A combination of power amplifiers for the terminal to transmit the uplink signal at full power
  • A4 The upper limit of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource when the terminal can transmit with full power under all transmission precoding matrices
  • A5 The lower limit of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource when the terminal can transmit at full power under all transmission precoding matrices
  • A6 The combination of antenna ports for the terminal to transmit the uplink signal with full power.
  • the method of reporting capability information of the UE is: the UE reports a set of precoding matrices that support full power transmission, and the PA combination corresponding to these precoding matrices can achieve full power transmission.
  • the positions of non-zero elements corresponding to any two precoding matrices in the precoding matrix set are different. In this way, the overhead of UE capability reporting can be reduced.
  • the set of precoding matrices reported by the UE is ⁇ [1 1 1], [1 0 1 0], [0 1 0 1] ⁇ is possible, because any two precoding matrices correspond to non-zero elements The location of is different; but the UE cannot report the precoding matrix set ⁇ [1 1 1], [1 0 1 0], [1 0j 0] ⁇ , because [1 0 1 0] and [1 0j 0] both correspond to The elements of the first and third antenna ports are non-zero.
  • the base station After receiving the capability reported by the UE, the base station assumes that any precoding matrix whose position of a non-zero element is the same as the position of a non-zero element corresponding to any one of the precoding matrixes can be transmitted at full power.
  • each precoding matrix in the precoding matrix set contains only one non-zero antenna port. After the base station receives the capability reported by the UE, it is assumed that the antenna port corresponding to any precoded non-zero element reported by the terminal can be transmitted with full power.
  • the usage is the SRS resource of'codebook' (that is, the SRS resource used to obtain the CSI of the codebook-based PUSCH) contains no more than P, all TPMI Both can be sent at full power.
  • the lower limit Q when the usage is the SRS resource of the codebook (that is, the SRS resource used to obtain the CSI of the codebook based PUSCH) contains less than Q, all TPMIs can be used Full power transmission.
  • the UE reports the antenna ports that it can transmit at full power in a bitmap manner.
  • the terminal reports a 4-bit capability information, and each bit indicates whether a port supports full power transmission. As an example, when each bit is 1, it means that the corresponding antenna port can transmit at full power, and when it is 0, it means that the corresponding antenna port cannot transmit at full power; of course, there can be another example, when each bit is 1 It means that the corresponding antenna port cannot transmit at full power. When it is 0, it means that the corresponding antenna port can transmit at full power.
  • the capability information of the terminal may further include at least one of the following:
  • the first number of antenna ports supported by the terminal means that when the number of antenna ports used to transmit PUSCH is greater than or equal to N, it can be transmitted at full power;
  • the number of second antenna ports supported by the terminal means that when the number of antenna ports used to transmit PUSCH is greater than N, full power transmission can be performed;
  • the maximum transmit power that each PA of the terminal can reach for example, the terminal reports that each PA can reach 1/2 the transmit power of the PC;
  • the maximum transmit power that each PA of the terminal can reach is the maximum transmit power that each PA of the terminal can reach.
  • the above-mentioned capability reported by the terminal is only applicable when the number of antenna ports is equal to the maximum number of antenna ports that the terminal includes in one sounding reference signal resource.
  • the aforementioned capabilities reported by the terminal are applicable to all SRS resources used to acquire codebook-based uplink transmission.
  • the terminal may report different capabilities for the number of multiple antenna ports. That is, if the terminal supports SRS resources with a maximum of 4 antenna ports, the terminal reports a capability X for 4 antenna ports and a capability Y for 2 antenna ports, where X and Y are examples of two capabilities.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure provide different power control, codebook subset restriction, precoding, and transport stream numbers for the number of SRS resources included in the SRS resource set of codebook-based uplink transmission in the system.
  • PUSCH transmission corresponds to different SRS resources
  • PUSCH transmission corresponds to different SRS resources, it corresponds to different codebook subset restrictions and/or the overhead of precoding matrix and the number of transmission streams and/or the overhead of DCI can save overhead or the base station can flexibly schedule the terminal. Transmission method to obtain the benefits of better system performance.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a terminal, as shown in FIG. 3, including:
  • the first receiving module 301 is configured to receive uplink scheduling information of uplink signals
  • the first determining module 302 is configured to determine the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the configuration information of the target resource or the first indication information of the network-side device, and the target resource includes the configuration information of the network-side device for obtaining all The sounding reference signal resource of the channel state information of the uplink signal, and the first indication information is used to indicate a manner of determining the transmission power of the uplink signal;
  • the first sending module 303 is configured to send the uplink signal according to the transmission power and the uplink scheduling information.
  • the first determining module 302 includes:
  • a first determining submodule configured to determine the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource or the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource;
  • the first resource is a sounding reference signal resource indicated by a sounding reference signal resource indication, or all sounding reference signal resources included in a first sounding reference signal resource set, and the first sounding reference signal resource set is a sounding reference signal
  • the resource indicates the resource set where the indicated sounding reference signal resource is located.
  • the target resource includes at least two sounding reference signal resources
  • the first determining module 302 includes:
  • the second determining submodule is configured to determine the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the first determination result.
  • the second determining submodule includes:
  • the first processing unit is configured to: when the first judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is the same and the number of antenna ports included in the target resource are all greater than 1, the predetermined first
  • the base power is multiplied by the first preset ratio to obtain the first scaled power, and the first scaled power is evenly allocated to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal, and the first preset ratio is N/M 1.
  • N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power for the uplink signal
  • M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal;
  • a second processing unit configured to multiply a predetermined first basic power by a second preset ratio when the first judgment result indicates that at least part of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is different, Obtain the second scaling power, and evenly distribute the second scaling power to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal, the second preset ratio is N/M 2 , and N represents the non-zero antenna ports The number of antenna ports for uplink signal transmission power, where M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal;
  • the second determining submodule includes:
  • the third processing unit is configured to: when the first judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is the same and the number of antenna ports included in the target resource are all greater than 1, the predetermined first
  • the base power is multiplied by the first preset ratio to obtain the first scaled power, and the first scaled power is evenly allocated to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal, and the first preset ratio is N/M 1.
  • N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power for the uplink signal
  • M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal;
  • the fourth processing unit is configured to at least part of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource as indicated by the first judgment result is different, and the sounding reference signal resource indicates the number of antenna ports included in the indicated sounding reference signal resource When it is less than M 1 , determine that the transmission power of the uplink signal is full power;
  • the fifth processing unit is configured to: when the first judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is at least partially different, and the sounding reference signal resource indicates the number of antenna ports included in the indicated sounding reference signal resource When the number is equal to M 1 , multiply the predetermined first basic power by the first preset ratio to obtain the first scaled power, and evenly allocate the first scaled power to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal
  • the first preset ratio is N/M 1 , N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power for the uplink signal, and M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal ;
  • the second determining submodule includes:
  • the sixth processing unit is configured to have the first preset capability in the terminal, and the first judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is the same and the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is greater than In the case of 1, multiply the predetermined first basic power by the first preset ratio to obtain the first scaled power, and evenly allocate the first scaled power to the antenna ports with non-zero transmission of the uplink signal,
  • the first preset ratio is N/M 1 , N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power for the uplink signal, and M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in one sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal;
  • the seventh processing unit is configured to: when the terminal has the first preset capability, and the first judgment result indicates that at least some of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is different, set the predetermined first A base power is multiplied by a third preset ratio to obtain a third scaling power, and the third scaling power is evenly allocated to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal, and the third preset ratio is min ⁇ 2*N/M 2 , 1 ⁇ , N represents the antenna port with non-zero power for the uplink signal, and M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal;
  • the first preset capability includes supporting the transmission of the uplink signal at full power, supporting a plurality of sounding reference signal resources configured with different numbers of antenna ports for acquiring the channel state information of the uplink signal, and supporting any two The combination of antenna ports transmits the uplink signal with full power.
  • the target resource includes at least two sounding reference signal resources.
  • the second determining submodule includes:
  • a first judgment unit configured to judge whether the number of antenna ports included in the first resource are the same, and obtain a second judgment result
  • the first determining unit is configured to determine the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the second determination result.
  • the first determining unit includes:
  • the first processing subunit is configured to multiply the predetermined first basic power by the first preset when the second judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the same and is greater than one. Ratio, obtain the first scaled power, and evenly allocate the first scaled power to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal, the first preset ratio is N/M 1 , and N represents the uplink signal The number of antenna ports with non-zero power, M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal;
  • the second processing subunit is configured to multiply the predetermined first basic power by a second preset ratio when the second judgment result indicates that at least part of the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is different, Obtain the second scaling power, and evenly allocate the second scaling power to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal, the second preset ratio is N/M 2 , and N means that the uplink signal has non-zero power.
  • M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal;
  • the first determining unit includes:
  • the third processing subunit is configured to determine in advance when the second judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the same and the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is all greater than 1.
  • the first basic power is multiplied by a first preset ratio to obtain the first scaled power, and the first scaled power is equally distributed to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal, and the first preset ratio is N /M 1 , N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power in the uplink signal, and M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal;
  • the fourth processing subunit is configured to, when the second judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is at least different in number, and the sounding reference signal resource indicates the antenna port included in the indicated sounding reference signal resource When the number of is less than M 1 , it is determined that the transmission power of the uplink signal is full power;
  • the fifth processing subunit is configured to, when the second judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is at least partly different, and the sounding reference signal resource indicates the antenna ports included in the indicated sounding reference signal resource
  • the number of is equal to M 1
  • the first preset ratio is N/M 1
  • N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power in the uplink signal
  • M 1 represents the maximum antenna port supported by the terminal in a sounding reference signal resource number
  • the first determining unit includes:
  • the sixth processing subunit is configured to have the first preset capability in the terminal, and the second judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the same and the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is the same If both are greater than 1, multiply the predetermined first basic power by the first preset ratio to obtain the first scaled power, and evenly allocate the first scaled power to the antennas with non-zero transmission of the uplink signal Port, the first preset ratio is N/M 1 , N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power in the uplink signal, and M 1 represents the maximum antenna port supported by the terminal in a sounding reference signal resource number;
  • the seventh processing subunit is configured to determine in advance when the terminal has the first preset capability and the second judgment result indicates that at least some of the number of antenna ports included in the first resource are different Multiplying the first basic power by the third preset ratio to obtain the third scaling power, and evenly assigning the third scaling power to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal, and the third preset ratio is min ⁇ 2*N/M 2 , 1 ⁇ , N represents the antenna port with non-zero power of the uplink signal, M 2 represents the antenna port included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal number;
  • the first preset capability includes supporting the transmission of the uplink signal at full power, supporting a plurality of sounding reference signal resources configured with different numbers of antenna ports for acquiring the channel state information of the uplink signal, and supporting any two The combination of antenna ports transmits the uplink signal with full power.
  • the first determining module 302 includes:
  • the third determining sub-module is configured to determine, when the configuration information of the target resource is the first preset configuration information, according to the capability information of the terminal and/or the seventh indication information of the network side device The transmission power of the uplink signal;
  • the fourth determining submodule is configured to determine the transmission power of the uplink signal according to a predetermined second power control rule when the configuration information of the target resource is the second preset configuration information.
  • the first determining submodule includes:
  • a second determining unit configured to determine that the transmit power of the uplink signal is full power when the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is a fifth preset value
  • the eighth processing unit is configured to, when the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the sixth preset value, multiply the predetermined first basic power by the fourth preset ratio to obtain the second scaled power , And evenly allocate the second scaled power to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal, the fourth preset ratio is N/M 3 , and N represents the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal M 3 represents the number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • the first determining submodule includes:
  • the third determining unit is configured to determine the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the relative relationship between the number of antenna ports included in the target resource and the maximum number of antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal.
  • the first determining submodule includes:
  • the fourth determining unit is configured to receive the second indication information sent by the network side device, and the second indication information indicates that the transmission power of the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource Next, determine the transmit power of the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource;
  • the transmission power of the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, and the third indication information is used to indicate that according to the target The number of antenna ports included in the resource determines the transmission power of the uplink signal.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the transmit power of the uplink signal when the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is a first preset value
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the transmission power of the uplink signal when the number of antenna ports included in the second resource is a second preset value, and the second resource is used to determine the uplink signal Sounding reference signal resource of the precoding matrix.
  • the terminal further includes:
  • the third determining submodule is configured to determine the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, or the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource, or fourth indication information of the network side device.
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information;
  • the first resource is a sounding reference signal resource indicated by a sounding reference signal resource indication, or all sounding reference signal resources included in a first sounding reference signal resource set, and the first sounding reference signal resource set is a sounding reference signal The resource set where the sounding reference signal resource indicated by the resource indication is located;
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the manner of determining the overhead of the uplink scheduling information.
  • the third determining submodule includes:
  • the second judgment unit is configured to judge whether the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is the same, and obtain a third judgment result
  • a fifth determining unit configured to determine the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the third judgment result;
  • the third determining submodule includes:
  • the first obtaining unit is configured to obtain the maximum value of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource
  • the sixth determining unit is configured to determine the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the maximum value of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource;
  • the third determining submodule includes:
  • the seventh determining unit is configured to determine the codebook corresponding to the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource after receiving the fifth indication information sent by the network side device, and the fifth indication information indicates In the case of the overhead of the uplink scheduling information and/or the uplink scheduling information, determine the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource;
  • the third determining submodule includes:
  • the eighth determining unit is configured to determine the codebook subset and/or the uplink corresponding to the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource in the case of receiving the sixth indication information sent by the network side device
  • the overhead of scheduling information where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource.
  • the third determining submodule includes:
  • a third judgment unit configured to judge whether the number of antenna ports included in the first resource are the same, and obtain a fourth judgment result
  • a ninth determining unit configured to determine a codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or uplink scheduling information overhead according to the fourth judgment result;
  • the third determining submodule includes:
  • a second acquiring unit configured to acquire the maximum value of the number of antenna ports included in the first resource
  • a tenth determining unit configured to determine the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the maximum value of the number of antenna ports included in the first resource;
  • the third determining submodule includes:
  • the eleventh determining unit is configured to receive the ninth indication information sent by the network side device, and the ninth indication information indicates that the code corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource In the case of the overhead of this subset and/or uplink scheduling information, determine the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource;
  • the third determining submodule includes:
  • the twelfth determining unit is configured to determine the codebook subset and/or corresponding to the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource when the tenth indication information sent by the network side device is received Or the overhead of uplink scheduling information, where the tenth indication information is used to indicate that the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • the third determining submodule includes:
  • a thirteenth determining unit configured to, in a case where the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is a third preset number, according to the capability information of the terminal and/or the eighth indication information of the network side device , Determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information;
  • a fourteenth determining unit configured to determine the codebook subset and/or corresponding to the uplink signal according to a second preset rule when the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is a fourth preset number Or the overhead of uplink scheduling information.
  • the terminal when the first resource is a sounding reference signal resource indicated by a sounding reference signal resource indication, the terminal further includes:
  • the fourth determining submodule is configured to determine the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information when the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is a third preset value ;
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information when the number of antenna ports included in the second resource is the fourth preset value;
  • the second resource is a sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal.
  • the capability information of the terminal includes at least one of the following:
  • Indication information of a codebook subset limit for transmission at full power supported by the terminal where at least one precoding matrix exists in the codebook subset for transmission at full power so that the terminal can transmit the uplink signal at full power;
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure can determine the uplink according to the configuration information of the sounding reference signal resource configured by the network-side device for the terminal to obtain the channel state information of the uplink signal, or the indication information of the network-side device The transmission power of the signal, so that the uplink signal can be transmitted according to the received uplink scheduling information of the uplink signal and the transmission power. Therefore, the embodiments of the present disclosure determine the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the configuration information of the sounding reference signal resource configured by the actual network side device for the terminal to obtain the channel state information of the uplink signal or the specific instruction of the network side device. , So that the uplink signal can use different uplink transmission power under different SRS resource configuration information, so that better uplink transmission performance can be obtained for different application scenarios.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a network side device, as shown in FIG. 4, including:
  • the second determining module 401 is configured to determine the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the configuration information of the target resource or using the power determination method indicated by the first indication information sent to the terminal.
  • the target resource includes a sounding reference signal resource configured by the network-side device to obtain the channel state information of the uplink signal, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal to determine the transmission power of the uplink signal;
  • the third determining module 402 is configured to determine the uplink scheduling information of the uplink signal according to the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal;
  • the second sending module 403 is configured to send the uplink scheduling information to the terminal.
  • the second determining module 401 includes:
  • the fifth determining submodule is configured to determine the corresponding precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource or the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource Reference power
  • the first resource is a sounding reference signal resource indicated by a sounding reference signal resource indication, or all sounding reference signal resources included in a first sounding reference signal resource set, and the first sounding reference signal resource set is a sounding reference signal
  • the resource indicates the resource set where the indicated sounding reference signal resource is located.
  • the fifth determining submodule includes:
  • a fourth judgment unit configured to judge whether the number of antenna ports included in the target resource are the same, and obtain a first judgment result
  • the fifteenth determining unit is configured to determine the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the first determination result.
  • the fifteenth determining unit includes:
  • the eighth processing subunit is configured to determine according to the following formula when the first judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is the same and the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is all greater than 1,
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • the ninth processing subunit is configured to determine the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the following formula when the first judgment result indicates that at least part of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is different Reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal
  • M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal
  • the fifteenth determining unit includes:
  • the tenth processing subunit is configured to determine according to the following formula when the first judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is the same and the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is all greater than one
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal :
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • An eleventh processing subunit configured to at least part of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource as indicated by the first judgment result is different, and the sounding reference signal resource indicates the antenna ports included in the indicated sounding reference signal resource
  • the number of is less than M 1
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined, and the predetermined second basic power is determined to correspond to any precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal Reference power;
  • a twelfth processing subunit configured to at least part of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource as indicated by the first judgment result is different, and the sounding reference signal resource indicates the antenna ports included in the indicated sounding reference signal resource
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the following formula:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • the fifteenth determining unit includes:
  • the thirteenth processing subunit is configured to have the first preset capability in the terminal, and the first judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is the same and the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is the same In the case where both are greater than 1, the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the following formula:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • the fourteenth processing subunit is configured to, when the terminal has the first preset capability, and the first judgment result indicates that at least some of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource are different, according to the following formula , Determining the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal
  • M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal
  • the first preset capability includes supporting the transmission of the uplink signal at full power, supporting a plurality of sounding reference signal resources configured with different numbers of antenna ports for acquiring the channel state information of the uplink signal, and supporting any two The combination of antenna ports transmits the uplink signal with full power.
  • the target resource includes at least two sounding reference signal resources
  • the fifth determining submodule includes:
  • a fifth judgment unit configured to judge whether the number of antenna ports included in the first resource are the same, and obtain a second judgment result
  • the sixteenth determining unit is configured to determine the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the second determination result.
  • the sixteenth determining unit includes:
  • the fifteenth processing subunit is configured to determine the codebook corresponding to the uplink signal according to the following formula when the second judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the same and both are greater than 1.
  • the reference power corresponding to the concentrated precoding matrix :
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • the sixteenth processing subunit is configured to, when the second judgment result indicates that at least part of the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is different,
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal
  • M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal
  • the sixteenth determining unit includes:
  • the seventeenth processing subunit is configured to: when the second judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the same and the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is all greater than 1, according to the following formula , Determining the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • the eighteenth processing subunit is configured to, when the second judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is at least partly different, and the sounding reference signal resource indicates the antenna included in the indicated sounding reference signal resource
  • the number of ports is less than M 1
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined, and the predetermined second basic power is determined as any precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal The corresponding reference power;
  • a nineteenth processing subunit configured to, when the second judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is at least different in number, and the sounding reference signal resource indicates the antenna included in the indicated sounding reference signal resource
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the following formula:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • the sixteenth determining unit includes:
  • the twentieth processing subunit is configured to have the first preset capability in the terminal, and the second judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the same and the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is equal
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the following formula:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • the twenty-first processing subunit is configured to: when the terminal has the first preset capability, and the second judgment result indicates that at least some of the number of antenna ports included in the first resource are different, according to The following formula is used to determine the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal
  • M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal
  • the first preset capability includes supporting the transmission of the uplink signal at full power, supporting a plurality of sounding reference signal resources configured with different numbers of antenna ports for acquiring the channel state information of the uplink signal, and supporting any two The combination of antenna ports transmits the uplink signal with full power.
  • the second determining module 401 includes:
  • the sixth determining submodule is configured to determine the uplink according to the capability information of the terminal and/or the seventh indication information of the network side device when the configuration information of the target resource is the first preset configuration information
  • the seventh determining submodule is configured to determine the correspondence of the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the predetermined second power control rule when the configuration information of the target resource is the second preset configuration information The reference power.
  • the fifth determining submodule includes:
  • a seventeenth determining unit configured to determine the predetermined second basic power as the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal when the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is a fifth preset value The reference power corresponding to any one of the precoding matrixes;
  • the ninth processing unit is configured to determine the reference corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the following formula when the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is a sixth preset value power:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal
  • M 3 represents the number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • the fifth determining submodule includes:
  • the eighteenth determining unit is configured to determine the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the relative relationship between the number of antenna ports included in the target resource and the maximum number of antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal The reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix.
  • the fifth determining submodule includes:
  • the nineteenth determining unit is configured to receive the second indication information sent by the network side device, and the second indication information indicates that according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, determine the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal In the case of the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix, determine the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource;
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, and the third indication The information is used to indicate that the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal when the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is a first preset value;
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal when the number of antenna ports included in the second resource is the second preset value, and the second resource is Used to determine the sounding reference signal resource of the precoding matrix of the uplink signal.
  • the user equipment further includes:
  • the seventh determining submodule is configured to determine the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, or the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource, or fourth indication information of the network side device.
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information;
  • the first resource is a sounding reference signal resource indicated by a sounding reference signal resource indication, or all sounding reference signal resources included in a first sounding reference signal resource set, and the first sounding reference signal resource set is a sounding reference signal The resource set where the sounding reference signal resource indicated by the resource indication is located;
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the manner of determining the overhead of the uplink scheduling information.
  • the seventh determining submodule includes:
  • a sixth judgment unit configured to judge whether the number of antenna ports included in the target resource are the same, and obtain a third judgment result
  • a twentieth determining unit configured to determine the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the third judgment result;
  • the seventh determining submodule includes:
  • the third acquiring unit is configured to acquire the maximum value of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource
  • a twenty-first determining unit configured to determine the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the maximum value of the number of antenna ports included in the target resource;
  • the seventh determining submodule includes:
  • the twenty-second determining unit is configured to receive the fifth indication information sent by the network side device, and the fifth indication information indicates that the code corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource In the case of the overhead of this subset and/or uplink scheduling information, determine the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource;
  • the seventh determining submodule includes:
  • the twenty-third determining unit is configured to determine the codebook subset and/or corresponding to the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource when the sixth indication information sent by the network side device is received Or the overhead of uplink scheduling information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource.
  • the seventh determining submodule includes:
  • a seventh judgment unit configured to judge whether the number of antenna ports included in the first resource are the same, and obtain a fourth judgment result
  • a twenty-fourth determining unit configured to determine the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the fourth judgment result;
  • the seventh determining submodule includes:
  • a fourth acquiring unit configured to acquire the maximum value of the number of antenna ports included in the first resource
  • a twenty-fifth determining unit configured to determine the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the maximum value of the number of antenna ports included in the first resource;
  • the seventh determining submodule includes:
  • the twenty-sixth determining unit is configured to receive the ninth indication information sent by the network side device, and the ninth indication information indicates that according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource, determine the uplink signal corresponding to the In the case of codebook subset and/or uplink scheduling information overhead, determining the codebook subset and/or uplink scheduling information overhead corresponding to the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource;
  • the seventh determining submodule includes:
  • the twenty-seventh determining unit is configured to determine the codebook subset and codebook corresponding to the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource when the tenth indication information sent by the network side device is received /Or the overhead of uplink scheduling information, where the tenth indication information is used to indicate the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • the seventh determining submodule includes:
  • a twenty-eighth determining unit configured to, in a case where the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is a third preset number, according to the capability information of the terminal and/or the eighth indication of the network side device Information, determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information;
  • the twenty-ninth determining unit is configured to determine the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to a second preset rule when the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is a fourth preset number /Or the overhead of uplink scheduling information.
  • the user equipment when the first resource is the sounding reference signal resource indicated by the sounding reference signal resource indication, the user equipment further includes:
  • the eighth determining submodule is configured to determine the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information when the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is a third preset value ;
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information when the number of antenna ports included in the second resource is the fourth preset value;
  • the second resource is a sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal.
  • the capability information of the terminal includes at least one of the following:
  • Indication information of a codebook subset limit for transmission at full power supported by the terminal where at least one precoding matrix exists in the codebook subset for transmission at full power so that the terminal can transmit the uplink signal at full power;
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure can determine the configuration information of the sounding reference signal resource configured by the network side device for the user equipment to obtain the channel state information of the uplink signal, or the indication information of the network side device The transmission power of the uplink signal, so that the uplink signal can be transmitted according to the received uplink scheduling information of the uplink signal and the transmission power. Therefore, the embodiments of the present disclosure determine the transmission of the uplink signal based on the configuration information of the sounding reference signal resource configured by the actual network side device for the user equipment to obtain the channel state information of the uplink signal or the specific instruction of the network side device. Power, so that the uplink signal can use different uplink transmission power under different SRS resource configuration information, so that better uplink transmission performance can be obtained for different application scenarios.
  • this embodiment provides a user equipment device, including:
  • a processor 501 and a memory 503 connected to the processor 501 through a bus interface 502, the memory 503 is used to store programs and data used by the processor 501 when performing operations, when the processor 501 calls and executes all When describing the programs and data stored in the memory 503, the following process is executed.
  • the transceiver 504 is connected to the bus interface 502, and is used to receive and send data under the control of the processor 501.
  • the processor 501 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the target resource includes the information configured by the network-side device for acquiring the channel state information of the uplink signal Sounding reference signal resource, where the first indication information is used to indicate a manner of determining the transmit power of the uplink signal;
  • the processor 501 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the first resource is a sounding reference signal resource indicated by a sounding reference signal resource indication, or all sounding reference signal resources included in a first sounding reference signal resource set, and the first sounding reference signal resource set is a sounding reference signal
  • the resource indicates the resource set where the indicated sounding reference signal resource is located.
  • the target resource includes at least two sounding reference signal resources.
  • the processor 501 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the processor 501 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the predetermined first basic power is multiplied by the first predetermined power.
  • the first preset ratio is N/M 1 , and N represents the uplink the number of antenna ports of a signal having a non-zero power, M 1 represents the number of supported terminals included in a sounding reference signal resource maximum antenna ports;
  • the predetermined first basic power is multiplied by a second preset ratio to obtain the second scaling power, and
  • the second scaled power is evenly allocated to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal, the second preset ratio is N/M 2 , and N represents the antenna port with the non-zero transmission power of the uplink signal M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal;
  • the determining the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the first judgment result includes:
  • the predetermined first basic power is multiplied by the first predetermined power.
  • the first preset ratio is N/M 1 , and N represents the uplink The number of antenna ports for which the signal has non-zero power, M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal;
  • the transmission power of the uplink signal is full power
  • the The determined first basic power is multiplied by a first preset ratio to obtain the first scaling power, and the first scaling power is evenly allocated to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal, the first preset ratio N/M 1 , N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power in the uplink signal, and M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal;
  • the determining the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the first judgment result includes:
  • the terminal has the first preset capability, and the first judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is the same and the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is all greater than 1, a The determined first basic power is multiplied by a first preset ratio to obtain the first scaled power, and the first scaled power is evenly allocated to the antenna ports with non-zero transmission of the uplink signal, the first preset ratio N/M 1 , N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power in the uplink signal, and M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal;
  • the predetermined first basic power is multiplied by the third A preset ratio is used to obtain a third scaled power, and the third scaled power is equally distributed to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal, and the third preset ratio is min ⁇ 2*N/M 2 , 1 ⁇ , N represents the antenna ports with non-zero power for the uplink signal, and M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal;
  • the first preset capability includes supporting the transmission of the uplink signal at full power, supporting a plurality of sounding reference signal resources configured with different numbers of antenna ports for acquiring the channel state information of the uplink signal, and supporting any two The combination of antenna ports transmits the uplink signal with full power.
  • the target resource includes at least two sounding reference signal resources.
  • the processor 501 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the processor 501 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the first preset ratio is N/M 1 , and N represents the antenna port of the uplink signal with non-zero power Number, M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal;
  • the predetermined first basic power is multiplied by a second preset ratio to obtain the second scaling power, and
  • the second scaled power is evenly allocated to antenna ports with non-zero power for the uplink signal
  • the second preset ratio is N/M 2 , and N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power for the uplink signal, M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal;
  • the determining the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the second judgment result includes:
  • the predetermined first basic power is multiplied by the first
  • a preset ratio is used to obtain the first scaled power, and the first scaled power is evenly allocated to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal.
  • the first preset ratio is N/M 1 , and N represents the The number of antenna ports with non-zero power in the uplink signal, and M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal;
  • the transmission power of the uplink signal is full power
  • the predetermined first basic power is multiplied by the first preset ratio to obtain the first scaled power, and the first scaled power is evenly allocated to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal.
  • the first preset The ratio is N/M 1 , where N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power for the uplink signal, and M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal;
  • the determining the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the second judgment result includes:
  • the terminal has the first preset capability, and the second judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the same and the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is all greater than 1, the The predetermined first basic power is multiplied by a first preset ratio to obtain the first scaled power, and the first scaled power is evenly allocated to the antenna ports with non-zero transmission of the uplink signal.
  • the first preset The ratio is N/M 1 , where N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power for the uplink signal, and M 1 represents the maximum number of antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal;
  • the predetermined first basic power is multiplied by the first Three preset ratios are used to obtain a third scaling power, and the third scaling power is equally distributed to the antenna ports with non-zero power of the uplink signal, and the third preset ratio is min ⁇ 2*N/M 2 , 1 ⁇ , N represents an antenna port with non-zero power for the uplink signal, and M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal;
  • the first preset capability includes supporting the transmission of the uplink signal at full power, supporting a plurality of sounding reference signal resources configured with different numbers of antenna ports for acquiring the channel state information of the uplink signal, and supporting any two The combination of antenna ports transmits the uplink signal with full power.
  • the processor 501 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the configuration information of the target resource is the first preset configuration information, determine the transmission power of the uplink signal according to the capability information of the terminal and/or the seventh indication information of the network side device;
  • the transmission power of the uplink signal is determined according to a predetermined second power control rule.
  • the processor 501 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the predetermined first basic power is multiplied by the fourth preset ratio to obtain the second scaling power
  • the second The scaled power is evenly allocated to the antenna ports with non-zero power in the uplink signal
  • the fourth preset ratio is N/M 3
  • N represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power in the uplink signal
  • M 3 represents all The number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • the processor 501 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the transmit power of the uplink signal is determined according to the relative relationship between the number of antenna ports included in the target resource and the number of maximum antenna ports included in a sounding reference signal resource supported by the terminal.
  • the processor 501 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the second indication information sent by the network side device indicates that the transmission power of the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, according to the target resource The number of antenna ports included to determine the transmission power of the uplink signal;
  • the transmission power of the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, and the third indication information is used to indicate that according to the target The number of antenna ports included in the resource determines the transmission power of the uplink signal.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the transmit power of the uplink signal when the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is a first preset value
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the transmission power of the uplink signal when the number of antenna ports included in the second resource is a second preset value, and the second resource is used to determine the uplink signal Sounding reference signal resource of the precoding matrix.
  • the processor 501 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the first resource is a sounding reference signal resource indicated by a sounding reference signal resource indication, or all sounding reference signal resources included in a first sounding reference signal resource set, and the first sounding reference signal resource set is a sounding reference signal The resource set where the sounding reference signal resource indicated by the resource indication is located;
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the manner of determining the overhead of the uplink scheduling information.
  • the processor 501 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the fifth indication information After receiving the fifth indication information sent by the network-side device, and the fifth indication information indicates that the codebook subset and/or the uplink scheduling information corresponding to the uplink signal are determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource In the case of overhead, determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource;
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the sixth indication information is used to indicate to determine the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource.
  • the processor 501 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes:
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes:
  • the ninth indication information After receiving the ninth indication information sent by the network-side device, and the ninth indication information indicates that the codebook subset and/or the uplink scheduling corresponding to the uplink signal are determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource In the case of information overhead, determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource;
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes:
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource, so The tenth indication information is used to indicate that the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • the processor 501 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the third preset number, determine the one corresponding to the uplink signal according to the capability information of the terminal and/or the eighth indication information of the network side device Overhead of codebook subset and/or uplink scheduling information;
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information is determined.
  • the processor 501 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information is determined.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information when the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is a third preset value ;
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information when the number of antenna ports included in the second resource is the fourth preset value;
  • the second resource is a sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal.
  • the capability information of the terminal includes at least one of the following:
  • Indication information of a codebook subset limit for transmission at full power supported by the terminal where at least one precoding matrix exists in the codebook subset for transmission at full power so that the terminal can transmit the uplink signal at full power;
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by the processor 501 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 503 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, power management circuits, etc., which are all known in the art, and therefore, no further descriptions are provided herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • the transceiver 504 may be a plurality of elements, that is, including a transmitter and a transceiver, providing a unit for communicating with various other devices on the transmission medium.
  • the user interface 505 may also be an interface capable of connecting externally and internally with the required equipment.
  • the connected equipment includes but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, etc.
  • the processor 501 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 503 can store data used by the processor 501 when performing operations.
  • the sixth embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a network-side device.
  • the network-side device includes a processor 600, which communicates with the processor 600 through a bus interface.
  • the target resource includes the network-side device
  • a sounding reference signal resource configured to obtain channel state information of the uplink signal, where the first indication information is used to indicate a manner for the terminal to determine the transmission power of the uplink signal
  • the processor 600 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the first resource is a sounding reference signal resource indicated by a sounding reference signal resource indication, or all sounding reference signal resources included in a first sounding reference signal resource set, and the first sounding reference signal resource set is a sounding reference signal
  • the resource indicates the resource set where the indicated sounding reference signal resource is located.
  • the target resource includes at least two sounding reference signal resources
  • the processor 600 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined.
  • the processor 600 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the codebook corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the following formula
  • the reference power corresponding to the concentrated precoding matrix
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the following formula:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal
  • M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal
  • the determining the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the first judgment result includes:
  • the codebook corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the following formula
  • the reference power corresponding to the concentrated precoding matrix
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • the uplink The reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the signal is determined as the predetermined second basic power as the reference power corresponding to any precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal;
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • the determining the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the first judgment result includes:
  • the terminal has the first preset capability, and the first judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is the same and the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is all greater than 1, the following is Formula to determine the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • the code corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the following formula Reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in this subset:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal
  • M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal
  • the first preset capability includes supporting the transmission of the uplink signal at full power, supporting a plurality of sounding reference signal resources configured with different numbers of antenna ports for acquiring the channel state information of the uplink signal, and supporting any two The combination of antenna ports transmits the uplink signal with full power.
  • the target resource includes at least two sounding reference signal resources, and when the first resource is all sounding reference signal resources included in the first sounding reference signal resource set, the processor 600 executes the computer program When implementing the following steps:
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined.
  • the processor 600 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the following formula :
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the following formula:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal
  • M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal
  • the determining the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the second judgment result includes:
  • the code corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the following formula Reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in this subset:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined as the predetermined second basic power as the reference power corresponding to any precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal;
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • the determining the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the second judgment result includes:
  • the terminal has the first preset capability, and the second judgment result indicates that the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the same and the number of antenna ports included in the target resource is all greater than 1, according to The following formula is used to determine the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal codebook subset i-th pre-coding matrix corresponding to the reference power
  • M 1 represents that the terminal supports a number of reference signal resource comprises detecting the maximum of antenna ports
  • the terminal has the first preset capability, and the second judgment result indicates that at least some of the number of antenna ports included in the first resource are different, determine the corresponding uplink signal according to the following formula Reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal
  • M 2 represents the number of antenna ports included in the sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal
  • the first preset capability includes supporting the transmission of the uplink signal at full power, supporting a plurality of sounding reference signal resources configured with different numbers of antenna ports for acquiring the channel state information of the uplink signal, and supporting any two The combination of antenna ports transmits the uplink signal with full power.
  • the processor 600 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the configuration information of the target resource is the first preset configuration information
  • the capability information of the terminal and/or the seventh indication information of the network side device determine the preset in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal. Reference power corresponding to the coding matrix
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the predetermined second power control rule.
  • the processor 600 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the predetermined second basic power is determined to be the one corresponding to any precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal Reference power
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the following formula:
  • P0 represents the predetermined second basic power
  • Ni represents the number of antenna ports with non-zero power corresponding to the i-th precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal
  • Pi represents the number of antenna ports corresponding to the uplink signal
  • M 3 represents the number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • the processor 600 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined.
  • the processor 600 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the second indication information After receiving the second indication information sent by the network-side device, and the second indication information indicates that the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource In this case, determine the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource;
  • the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource, and the third indication The information is used to indicate that the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal when the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is a first preset value;
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the reference power corresponding to the precoding matrix in the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal when the number of antenna ports included in the second resource is the second preset value, and the second resource is Used to determine the sounding reference signal resource of the precoding matrix of the uplink signal.
  • the processor 600 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the first resource is a sounding reference signal resource indicated by a sounding reference signal resource indication, or all sounding reference signal resources included in a first sounding reference signal resource set, and the first sounding reference signal resource set is a sounding reference signal The resource set where the sounding reference signal resource indicated by the resource indication is located;
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the manner of determining the overhead of the uplink scheduling information.
  • the processor 600 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the fifth indication information After receiving the fifth indication information sent by the network-side device, and the fifth indication information indicates that the codebook subset and/or the uplink scheduling information corresponding to the uplink signal are determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource In the case of overhead, determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource;
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the sixth indication information is used to indicate to determine the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource.
  • the processor 600 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes:
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes:
  • the ninth indication information After receiving the ninth indication information sent by the network-side device, and the ninth indication information indicates that the codebook subset and/or the uplink scheduling corresponding to the uplink signal are determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource In the case of information overhead, determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource;
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes:
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource, so The tenth indication information is used to indicate that the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource.
  • the processor 600 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the number of antenna ports included in the first resource is the third preset number, determine the one corresponding to the uplink signal according to the capability information of the terminal and/or the eighth indication information of the network side device Overhead of codebook subset and/or uplink scheduling information;
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information is determined.
  • the processor 600 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the overhead of precoding and transmission stream number indication information is determined.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information when the number of antenna ports of the uplink signal is a third preset value ;
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal determines the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information when the number of antenna ports included in the second resource is the fourth preset value;
  • the second resource is a sounding reference signal resource used to determine the precoding matrix of the uplink signal.
  • the capability information of the terminal includes at least one of the following:
  • Indication information of a codebook subset limit for transmission at full power supported by the terminal where at least one precoding matrix exists in the codebook subset for transmission at full power so that the terminal can transmit the uplink signal at full power;
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges. Specifically, one or more processors represented by the processor 600 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 620 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, power management circuits, etc., which are all known in the art, and therefore, no further descriptions are provided herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • the transceiver 610 may be a plurality of elements, that is, including a transmitter and a transceiver, and provide a unit for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the processor 600 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 620 can store data used by the processor 600 when performing operations.
  • the purpose of the present disclosure can also be realized by running a program or a group of programs on any computing device.
  • the computing device may be a well-known general-purpose device. Therefore, the purpose of the present disclosure can also be achieved only by providing a program product containing program code for implementing the method or device. That is, such a program product also constitutes the present disclosure, and a storage medium storing such a program product also constitutes the present disclosure.
  • the storage medium may be any well-known storage medium or any storage medium developed in the future. It should also be pointed out that, in the device and method of the present disclosure, obviously, each component or each step can be decomposed and/or recombined.
  • the disclosed device and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present disclosure may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes several instructions to make a A computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) executes all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.
  • the program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. When executed, it may include the processes of the above-mentioned method embodiments.
  • the storage medium may be a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), or a random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), etc.
  • modules, units, and sub-units can be implemented in one or more Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASIC), Digital Signal Processor (DSP), Digital Signal Processing Device (DSP Device, DSPD) ), Programmable Logic Device (PLD), Field-Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), general-purpose processors, controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, used to implement Described functions in other electronic units or combinations thereof.
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuits
  • DSP Digital Signal Processor
  • DSP Device Digital Signal Processing Device
  • DSPD Digital Signal Processing Device
  • PLD Programmable Logic Device
  • FPGA Field-Programmable Gate Array
  • the technology described in the embodiments of the present disclosure can be implemented by modules (for example, procedures, functions, etc.) that perform the functions described in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the software codes can be stored in the memory and executed by the processor.
  • the memory can be implemented in the processor or external to the processor.
  • An uplink transmission method including:
  • the target resource determines the codebook subset and/or corresponding to the uplink signal Or overhead of uplink scheduling information, where the target resource includes a sounding reference signal resource configured by the network side device to obtain channel state information of an uplink signal;
  • the first resource is a sounding reference signal resource indicated by a sounding reference signal resource indication, or all sounding reference signal resources included in a first sounding reference signal resource set, and the first sounding reference signal resource set is a sounding reference signal The resource set where the sounding reference signal resource indicated by the resource indication is located;
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the manner of determining the overhead of the uplink scheduling information.
  • the uplink sending method according to B1 wherein when the target resource includes at least two sounding reference signal resources, the codebook corresponding to the uplink signal is determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource
  • the overhead of aggregation and/or uplink scheduling information includes:
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the fifth indication information After receiving the fifth indication information sent by the network-side device, and the fifth indication information indicates that the codebook subset and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information corresponding to the uplink signal are determined according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource In the case of determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource;
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource includes:
  • the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of the uplink scheduling information is determined, and the sixth The indication information is used to indicate the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the target resource.
  • the uplink sending method according to B1, wherein, when the first resource is all sounding reference signal resources included in the first sounding reference signal resource set, the first resource in the target resource is The number of antenna ports included, and determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information includes:
  • the determining the codebook subset corresponding to the uplink signal and/or the overhead of uplink scheduling information according to the number of antenna ports included in the first resource in the target resource includes:

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本公开提供了一种上行发送方法、终端及网络侧设备，该方法包括：接收上行信号的上行调度信息；根据目标资源的配置信息，或者网络侧设备的第一指示信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的发送功率的确定方式；根据所述发送功率和所述上行调度信息，发送所述上行信号。

Description

上行发送方法、终端及网络侧设备
相关申请的交叉引用
本申请主张在2019年8月16日在中国提交的中国专利申请号No.201910760493.1的优先权，其全部内容通过引用包含于此。
技术领域
本公开涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种上行发送方法、终端及网络侧设备。
背景技术
一个用户设备(User Equipment，UE)可以具有多个功率放大器(Power Amplifier，PA)，不同的PA之间可能可以相干传输或非相干传输。新空口(New Radio，NR)系统的码本设计考虑了UE天线的相干传输能力。
其中，基站可以通过无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，RRC)信令‘codebookSubset’为UE配置以下三种码本子集限制：
fullyAndPartialAndNonCoherent
partialAndNonCoherent
nonCoherent
其中，nonCoherent对应的码本子集为码本中所有的对应于任意一个数据流只通过一个天线端口传输的预编码码字；
partialAndNonCoherent对应的码本子集为码本中所有的满足如下条件的码字：任意一个数据流通过一个天线端口，或者第一、三端口，或者第二、四端口传输的预编码码字；
fullyAndPartialAndNonCoherent对应的码本子集为码本中所有码字。
相应地，NR系统定义了UE的物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel，PUSCH)相干传输能力pusch-TransCoherence，UE通过上报其支持的码本子集限制来上报其天线相干传输能力。其中，pusch-TransCoherence包含以下三个取值：
-nonCoherent,
-partialNonCoherent,
-fullCoherent。
当UE上报的能力为nonCoherent时，基站只能为UE配置nonCoherent的码本子集限制；当UE上报的能力为partialNonCoherent时，基站可以为UE配置nonCoherent或partialAndNonCoherent的码本子集限制；当UE上报的能力为fullCoherent时，基站可以为UE配置nonCoherent或partialAndNonCoherent或fullyAndPartialAndNonCoherent的码本子集限制。由此可见，基站需要根据UE上报的PUSCH相干传输能力来配置码本子集限制。
另外，终端根据基站指示的codebooksubset、PUSCH的天线端口数、PUSCH的maxRank(最大传输流数)和上行传输的波形确定下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information，DCI)中的预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销，并根据所述开销对DCI中的预编码和传输流数指示信息进行解码，确定出PUSCH传输对应的预编码和传输流数。
相应地，在NR系统中，采用基于码本的上行多入多出技术(Multiple-Input Multiple-Output，MIMO)的PUSCH的多天线功率分配方式为：若通过DCI format0_1触发且每个探测参考信号(Sounding reference signal，SRS)资源包含的天线端 口数都大于1，UE将根据上行功率控制公式计算出的PUSCH的发送功率(在NR系统的Rel-15和Rel-16版本中，对应于第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnerships Project，3GPP)协议TS 38.2130中第7.1.1节中的P PUSCH,b,f,c(i,j,q d,l)))按照实际非零发送信号的端口数在终端支持的一个SRS资源里的最大SRS端口数中的占比进行功率缩放，然后将缩放后的功率在实际发送信号的天线端口上均分。
举例来说，假设终端支持的一个SRS资源里的最大SRS端口数为4，上行传输配置了4个天线端口，基站指示的预编码矩阵为
Figure PCTCN2020108635-appb-000001
UE根据PUSCH功率控制公式计算出的发送功率为P，则PUSCH的实际发送功率为P/2，其中第一个天线端口和第三个天线端口的发送功率各为P/4。这种缩放不要求UE的每个天线端口都可以达到最大发送功率，允许UE使用更低成本的射频元件实现多天线功能。
并且，相关技术中，终端基于一种预定义的PUSCH的功率控制规则确定上行信号的发送功率，只适用于基站为UE配置的用于获取信道状态信息(Channel state information，CSI)的SRS资源包含的天线端口数大于1且小于终端支持的一个SRS资源里的最大端口数的情况，而无法适用于更多的场景。
发明内容
本公开的实施例提供了一种上行发送方法、终端及网络侧设备，解决了相关技术中的上行信号的发送功率的确定方法无法适用于更多资源配置的场景的问题。
本公开的实施例提供了一种上行发送方法，应用于终端，所述上行发送方法包括：
接收上行信号的上行调度信息；
根据目标资源的配置信息，或者网络侧设备的第一指示信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的发送功率的确定方式；
根据所述发送功率和所述上行调度信息，发送所述上行信号。
本公开的实施例还提供了一种上行发送方法，应用于网络侧设备，所述上行发送方法包括：
根据目标资源的配置信息，或者采用发送给终端的第一指示信息指示的功率确定方式，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端确定所述上行信号的发送功率的方式；
根据所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，确定所述上行信号的上行调度信息；
向所述终端发送所述上行调度信息。
本公开的实施例还提供了一种用户设备，包括：收发机、存储器、处理器及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序，所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
接收上行信号的上行调度信息；
根据目标资源的配置信息，或者网络侧设备的第一指示信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的发送功率的确定方式；
根据所述发送功率和所述上行调度信息，发送所述上行信号。
本公开的实施例还提供了一种网络侧设备，包括：收发机、存储器、处理器及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序，所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
根据目标资源的配置信息，或者采用发送给终端的第一指示信息指示的功率确定方式，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端确定所述上行信号的发送功率的方式；
根据所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，确定所述上行信号的上行调度信息；
向所述终端发送所述上行调度信息。
本公开的实施例还提供了一种用户设备，包括：
第一接收模块，用于接收上行信号的上行调度信息；
第一确定模块，用于根据目标资源的配置信息，或者网络侧设备的第一指示信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的发送功率的确定方式；
第一发送模块，用于根据所述发送功率和所述上行调度信息，发送所述上行信号。
本公开的实施例还提供了一种网络侧设备，包括：
第二确定模块，用于根据目标资源的配置信息，或者采用发送给终端的第一指示信息指示的功率确定方式，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端确定所述上行信号的发送功率的方式；
第三确定模块，用于根据所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，确定所述上行信号的上行调度信息；
第二发送模块，用于向所述终端发送所述上行调度信息。
本公开的实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如上所述的上行发送方法的步骤。
本公开实施例的有益效果是：
本公开的实施例，能够根据网络侧设备为用户设备配置的用于获取上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源的配置信息，或者网络侧设备的指示信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，从而可以根据接收到的所述上行信号的上行调度信息和该发送功率，发送所述上行信号。因此，本公开的实施例，是根据实际网络侧设备为用户设备配置的用于获取上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源的配置信息或者网络侧设备的具体指示，确定的上行信号的发送功率，使得所述上行信号在不同的SRS资源配置信息下可以使用不同的上行发送功率，从而可以针对不同的应用场景获得更好的上行传输性能。
附图说明
图1表示本公开第一实施例的上行发送方法的流程图；
图2表示本公开第二实施例的上行发送方法的流程图；
图3表示本公开第三实施例的用户设备的模块示意图；
图4表示本公开第四实施例的网络侧设备的模块示意图；
图5表示本公开第五实施例的用户设备的结构框图
图6表示本公开第六实施例的网络侧设备的结构框图。
具体实施方式
为使本公开要解决的技术问题、技术方案和优点更加清楚，下面将结合附图及具体实施例进行详细描述。在下面的描述中，提供诸如具体的配置和组件的特定细节仅仅是为了帮助全面理解本公开的实施例。因此，本领域技术人员应该清楚，可以对这里描述的实施例进行各种改变和修改而不脱离本公开的范围和精神。另外，为了清楚和简洁，省略了对已知功能和构造的描述。
应理解，说明书通篇中提到的“一个实施例”或“一实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本公开的至少一个实施例中。因此，在整个说明书各处出现的“在一个实施例中”或“在一实施例中”未必一定指相同的实施例。此外，这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。
在本公开的各种实施例中，应理解，下述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本公开实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
另外，本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常可互换使用。
在本申请所提供的实施例中，应理解，“与A相应的B”表示B与A相关联，根据A可以确定B，或者根据B可以确定A，或者根据A和B之间存在一些共性的东西，或者根据A和B可以共同确定其他信息。但还应理解，根据A确定B并不意味着仅仅根据A确定B，还可以根据A和/或其它信息确定B。
本公开实施例中，接入网的形式不限，可以是包括宏基站(Macro Base Station)、微基站(Pico Base Station)、Node B(3G移动基站的称呼)、增强型基站(eNB)、gNB(5G移动基站的称呼),家庭增强型基站(Femto eNB或Home eNode B或Home eNB或HeNB)、中继站、接入点、远端射频模块(Remote Radio Unit，RRU)、射频拉远头(Remote Radio Head，RRH)等的接入网。用户终端可以是移动电话(或手机)，或者其他能够发送或接收无线信号的设备，包括用户设备、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)、无线调制解调器、无线通信装置、手持装置、膝上型计算机、无绳电话、无线本地回路(Wireless Local Loop，WLL)站、能够将移动信号转换为无线保真(Wireless Fidelity，WiFi)信号的客户终端(Customer Premise Equipment，CPE)或移动智能热点、智能家电、或其他不通过人的操作就能自发与移动通信网络通信的设备等。
在进行本公开实施例的说明时，首先对相关技术进行解释说明。
在本公开中，多处用到了天线端口，为了描述方便，本公开中部分内容将信号端口直接描述为了信号的天线端口。例如，将PUSCH端口描述为PUSCH的天线端口，将SRS端口描述为SRS的天线端口等，或者将某个信号的端口直接描述为天线端口。应当理解的是，这些都是本领域人员可以理解的内容。
在当前的上行传输方案和功率控制方案下，当基站为UE配置的用于信道状态信息(Channel state information，CSI)获取的SRS资源包含的天线端口数大于1且小于终端支持的一个SRS资源里的最大端口数时，无论基站为UE指示什么样的预编码矩阵，终端都不能进行PUSCH的满功率发送。当基站为UE配置的用于CSI获取的SRS资源包含的天线端口数等于终端支持的一个SRS资源里的最大端口数，且基站为UE指示的预编码矩阵为非相干码字或部分相干码字时，UE无法满功率发送。当UE的PUSCH相干传输能力pusch-TransCoherence为partialNonCoherent或nonCoherent时，由于基站不能为之配置fullyAndPartialAndNonCoherent的码本子集限制，因此，UE也不能进行满功率的上行传输。
为了解决UE不能满功率发送的问题，3GPP NR系统R16版本决定引入三种终端满功率发送的能力，分别为：
能力1：终端的每个PA都可以以终端功率等级(power class，PC)能力的最大发送功率发送。
能力2：终端支持满功率发送，但没有一个PA的发送功率可以达到终端PC能力的最大发送功率。
能力3：终端支持满功率发送，且部分PA的发送功率可以达到终端PC能力的最大发送功率。
为了解决UE不能满功率发送的问题，在3GPP RAN1#97次会议上，提出了允许UE采用如下的发送方式进行上行传输：
UE可以在usage被设置为‘codebook’的SRS资源集中配置一个SRS资源或着多个包含不同SRS端口数的SRS资源。其中，UE采用相同的天线虚拟化方式发送SRS和PUSCH，使用R15的码本和码本子集限制，并基于指示的SRS资源指示(SRS resource indicator，SRI)和/或传输预编码矩阵指示(Transmission Pre-coding Matrix Indicator，TPMI)来实现满功率发送。并且，UE至少可以为能力3的UE在SRS资源大于1个端口时指示一组可以满功率发送的TPMI。
具体地，例如：当SRI指示的SRS资源包含1个端口时，采用单端口SRS的传输方式满功率地发送单流PUSCH，如果SRI指示的SRS资源包含多个端口，则除功率控制缩放外，其他的方面采用R15的MIMO行为(确定传输流数指示、TPMI指示等)。
由上述可知，在相关技术中，终端基于一种预定义的PUSCH的功率控制规则确定上行信号的发送功率，相关技术不支持多种PUSCH功率控制规则，没有终端在系统中存在多种PUSCH功率控制规则的行为方式。系统中引入多种PUSCH的功率控制规则可以更充分地利用终端的发送功率，因此，需要考虑终端如何确定PUSCH的功率控制规则的问题。
另外，终端根据基站指示的高层信令codebooksubset，PUSCH的天线端口数，PUSCH的最大传输流数maxRank，上行传输的波形确定基站可以指示的预编码矩阵，当前的方式只适用于基于码本的上行传输的SRS资源集包含的SRS资源的端口数相同的场景，不适用于基于码本的上行传输的SRS资源集包含的SRS资源的端口数不同的场景。基于码本的上行传输的SRS资源集包含的SRS资源可以配置为不同的端口时，终端可以采用天线虚拟化实现一些端口的传输，此时可能会改变天线端口间的相干传输关系，相关技术中的确定PUSCH传输对应的码本子集的方式具有较大的局限性。
第一实施例
本公开的实施例提供了一种上行发送方法，应用于终端，解决了相关技术中的上行信号的发送功率的确定方法无法适用于更多资源配置的场景的问题。
如图1所示，本公开实施例的上行发送方法具体包括以下步骤：
步骤11：接收上行信号的上行调度信息。
其中，在步骤11之前，基站向终端发送所述上行信号的SRS资源配置信息，终端基于接收到的所述上行信号的SRS资源配置信息发送SRS。基站根据所述上行信号的资源配置信息或者发送给终端的第一指示信息(即按照与终端确定上行信号的发送功率的相同的方式)，计算参考功率，然后，根据所述参考功率，并基于终端发送的SRS，确定上行信号的调度信息，从而将所述上行信号的调度信息发送给终端。
可选地，所述上行信号为基于码本的PUSCH信号。
步骤12：根据目标资源的配置信息，或者网络侧设备的第一指示信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
其中，所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的发送功率的确定方式。
步骤13：根据所述发送功率和所述上行调度信息，发送所述上行信号。
由此可知，本公开的实施例，是根据实际网络侧设备为用户设备配置的用于获取上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源的配置信息或者网络侧设备的具体指示，确定的上行信号的发送功率，使得所述上行信号在不同的SRS资源配置信息下可以使用不同的上行发送功率，从而可以针对不同的应用场景获得更好的上行传输性能。
可选地，根据目标资源的配置信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目或者所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率；
其中，所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，或者第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源，所述第一探测参考信号资源集为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所在的资源集。
由此可知，可以根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，或者SRI指示的资源包括的天线端口的数目，或者SRI指示的资源所在的资源集包括的所有恣意包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号的发送功率。
其中，所述目标资源可能包括一个SRS资源，也可能包括多个SRS资源，那么在所述目标资源包括一个SRS资源时，可以采用如下方式一和方式二中的任一种确定上行信号的发送功率：
方式一：在所述上行信号为基于码本的PUSCH信号时，对第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给PUSCH具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示PUSCH具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个SRS资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
方式二：在所述上行信号为基于码本的PUSCH信号时，对第一基础功率乘以第二预设比值，获得第二缩放功率，并将所述第二缩放功率平均分配给PUSCH具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第二预设比值为N/M 2，N表示PUSCH具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的SRS资源包括的天线端口的数目。
可选地，所述终端的能力为支持任意两个天线端口的组合以满功率发送所述上行信号时，终端采用如下的方式确定PUSCH的发送功率：对第一基础功率乘以第三预设比值，获得第三缩放功率，并将所述第三缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第三预设比值为min{2*N/M 2，1}，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包含的天线端口的数目。
可选地，在所述终端的能力为支持任意两个天线端口的组合以满功率发送所述上行信号时，终端采用如下的方式确定PUSCH的发送功率：对第一基础功率乘以第四预设比值，获得第四缩放功率，并将所述第四缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第四预设比值为min{2*N/M 1，1}，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，M 1表示终端支持的在一个SRS资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目。
可选地，在所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源时，所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第一判断结果；
根据所述第一判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
其中，其中，一个SRS资源对应有一个天线端口数目(为了便于描述，我们将SRS资源的SRS端口也描述为SRS资源的天线端口)，，则在所述目标资源包括多个SRS资源的情况下，所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，则为多个数目。
另外，在根据第一判断结果，确定上行信号的发送功率时，具体可以采用如下方式一、方式二、方式三中的任一种：
方式一，所述根据所述第一判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第二预设比值，获得第二缩放功率，并将所述第二缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第二预设比值为N/M 2，N表示具有非零的所述上行信号传输功率的天线端口的数目，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目。
方式二：所述根据所述第一判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目小于M 1时，确定所述上行信号的发送功率为满功率；
在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目等于M 1时，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目。
方式三：所述根据所述第一判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零传输的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第三预设比值，获得第三缩放功率，并将所述第三缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第三预设比值为min{2*N/M 2，1}，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包含的天线端口的数目；
所述第一预设能力包括支持以满功率发送所述上行信号、支持被配置多个包括不同的天线端口数的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源、支持任意两个天线端口的组合以满功率发送所述上行信号。
其中，min{2*N/M 2，1}即为取2*N/M 2与1二者中的较小者。当所述目标资源包括一个SRS集时，用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源，即为所述目标资源；当所述目标资源包括多个SRS资源时，用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源，为SRI指示的SRS资源。
另外，需要说明的是，终端满功率发送PUSCH在本实施例中定义为在不考虑PUSCH与其他信号同时传输的条件下，终端在上行码本子集限制下存在至少一个预编码码字对应的上行发送功率为根据上行功率控制公式计算出的PUSCH的发送功率(例如，在NR系统中，对应于3GPP协议TS 38.213中第7.1.1节中计算出的PUSCH的发送功率。不满足满功率发送的定义终端发送行为的为非满功率发送。其中，如果PUSCH与其他信号(如PUCCH或SRS)同时传输(频分复用)，终端的发送功率可能需要按照各个信号的功率进行一个比例缩放，此时PUSCH的发送功率需要乘以一个信号复用相关的系数，这种情况我们仍然认为终端是满功率发送PUSCH。另外，如果PUSCH的传输为单端口传输，终端使用根据上行功率控制公式计算出的PUSCH的发送功率(例如，在NR系统中，对应于3GPP协议TS 38.213中第7.1.1节中计算出的PUSCH的发送功率)发送PUSCH的行为，也认为是满功率发送。
可选地：所述判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，包括：
在所述终端具备第二预设能力的情况下，判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同。
可选地，在所述终端具备第三预设能力的情况下，根据预先确定的第一功率控制规则，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
即在终端具备一种或多种能力下，判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口数是否相同，并基于判断结果确定上行信号的发送功率控制规则，基于所述发送功率控制规则确定所述上行信号的发送功率；在其他的能力下，使用其他的发送功率控制规则。
可选地，所述第二预设能力或者所述第三预设能力包括以下至少一项：
终端的相干传输能力；
终端支持的码本子集限制信息；
终端支持的可以满功率发送的码本子集限制的指示信息，所述可以满功率发送的码本子集是指码本子集中至少存在一个预编码矩阵使得终端可以满功率发送上行信号；
终端的功率放大器PA能力；
终端的天线端口的满功率发送能力；
终端是否支持使用超出所述用户设备的PUSCH相干传输能力的预编码矩阵进行PUSCH的传输的能力；
终端的满功率发送能力。
可选地，所述根据目标资源的配置信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
在所述目标资源的配置信息为第一预设配置信息的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率；
在所述目标资源的配置信息为第二预设配置信息的情况下，根据预先确定的第二功率控制规则，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
即在一种或多种SRS资源配置下，基于终端的能力确定上行信号的发送功率，在其他SRS资源配置下，无需根据终端的能力就可以确定上行信号的发送功率。
其中，所述第一预设资源配置可以为一种预定义的目标资源的配置信息。例如，目标资源的天线端口数为预定义的数值，如4.再例如，所述第一预设资源配置为目标资源的天线端口数等于终端支持的PUCSH传输的最大天线端口数。再例如，一个所述第一预设资源配置的示例为：所述目标资源包含多个SRS资源，至少两个SRS资源包含的天线端口数不同。
所述第二预设资源配置可以为另外一种预定义的目标资源的配置信息，例如，目标资源的天线端口数为2.再例如，所述第二预设资源配置为目标资源的天线端口数小于终端支持的PUCSH传输的最大天线端口数。再例如，一个所述第二预设资源配置的示例为：所述目标资源包含一个SRS资源或者多个包含的天线端口数相同的SRS资源。
可选地，所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源；
当所述第一资源为所述第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源时，所述根据目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
判断所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第二判断结果；
根据所述第二判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
即在所述目标资源包括多个SRS资源的情况下，还可以进一步根据SRI指示的SRS资源所在的SRS资源集包括的SRS资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号的发送功率。
其中，SRI即为SRS资源指示信息，用于指示确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的SRS对应的SRS资源，或者，用于指示确定所述上行信号的模拟波束赋形的SRS对应的SRS资源。
可选地，在根据第二判断结果，确定上行信号的发送功率时，具体可以采用如下方式一、方式二、方式三中的任一种：
方式一：在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第二预设比值，获得第二缩放功率，并将所述第二缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第二预设比值为N/M 2，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目。
方式二：所述根据所述第二判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目小于M 1时，确定所述上行信号的发送功率为满功率；
在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目等于M 1时，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目。
方式三：所述根据所述第二判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零传输的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括 的最大天线端口的数目；
在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第三预设比值，获得第三缩放功率，并将所述第三缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第三预设比值为min{2*N/M 2，1}，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包含的天线端口的数目；
所述第一预设能力包括支持以满功率发送所述上行信号、支持被配置多个包括不同的天线端口数的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源、支持任意两个天线端口的组合以满功率发送所述上行信号。
可选地，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源时，所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第五预设值的情况下，确定所述上行信号的发送功率为满功率；
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第六预设值的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第四预设比值，获得第二缩放功率，并将所述第二缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第四预设比值为N/M 3，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 3表示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目。
其中，所述第五预设值的取值可以为1，所述第六预设值的取值可以为2和4。所述第一基础功率是根据NR系统中，对应于TS 38.213-f40中第7.1.1节中的上行功率控制公式计算出的上行信号的发送功率。即所述第一基础功率是根据所述终端在上行载波的最大传输功率、开环接收端功率目标值、路损估计、路损补偿因子等信息确定的。
此外，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，且根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率时，还可采用如下方式一或方式二中的任一种：
方式一：所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括
在所述终端具备第四预设能力的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
可选地，所述还包括：
在所述终端具备第五预设能力的情况下，根据预先确定的第三功率控制规则，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
即在一种或多种能力下，终端针所述第一资源包括的天线端口数的不同数目使用不同的上行信号发送功率确定方法确定上行信号的发送功率；在其他的能力下，针对所述第一资源包括的天线端口数的不同数目使用相同的上行信号发送功率确定方法确定上行信号的发送功率。
所述第四预设能力可以包括一种终端支持满功率发送的能力，例如，所述第四预设能力包括终端支持基站为终端配置多个包含不同天线端口数的资源以实现满功率发送。再例如，所述第四预设能力包括终端任意2个PA/PUSCH天线端口的组合都可以实现满功率发送。再例如，所述第四预设能力包括终端不支持基站为终端配置多个包含不同天线端口数的资源以实现满功率发送。再例如，所述第四预设能力包括终端任意1个PA/PUSCH天线端口都可以实现满功率发送。
所述第五预设能力可以包括另外一种终端支持满功率发送的能力，例如，所述第五预设能力包括终端不支持基站为终端配置多个包含不同天线端口数的资源以实现满功率发 送。再例如，所述第五预设能力包括终端任意1个PA/PUSCH天线端口都可以实现满功率发送。终端的PA/PUSCH天线端口可以实现满功率发送是指终端的PA或PUSCH天线端口可以达到终端的功率等级对应的发送功率。再例如，所述第五预设能力包括终端支持基站为终端配置多个包含不同天线端口数的资源以实现满功率发送。再例如，所述第五预设能力包括终端任意2个PA/PUSCH天线端口的组合都可以实现满功率发送。
方式三：所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第一预设数目的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率；
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第二预设数目的情况下，根据预先确定的第四功率控制规则，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
即在一种或所述第一资源包括的天线端口数目下，基于UE的能力确定上行信号的发送功率，在其他所述第一资源包括的天线端口数目下，无需根据UE的能力就可以确定上行信号的发送功率。
可选地，所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目与终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目的相对关系，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
其中，所述相对关系为所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，与终端支持的在一个SRS资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目，这二者之间的大小关系。
所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第二指示信息，且所述第二指示信息指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率；
或者
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第三指示信息的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，所述第三指示信息用于指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
其中，所述第二指示信息可以为指示根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率的内容，也可以为指示不根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率的内容。而第三指示信息只有一种内容，即指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
即终端还可以接收基站发送的第二指示信息，并基于所述第二指示信息指示的内容判断是否根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目确定所述上行信号的发送功率。或者，终端判断是否接收到基站发送的第三指示信息，并在接收到所述指示信息的情况下根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
可选地，根据网络侧设备的第一指示信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
根据所述第一指示信息所指示的所述上行信号的发送功率的确定方式和以下信息中的至少一个，确定所述上行信号的发送功率：
所述上行信号的调度信息；
用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源的配置信息。
即可以结合所述上行信号的调度信息，和/或用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源的配置信息，与第一指示信息，共同确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的天线端口数为第一预设值时终 端确定所述上行信号的发送功率的方式；
或者
所述第一指示信息用于指示第二资源包含的天线端口数为第二预设值时终端确定所述上行信号的发送功率的方式，所述第二资源为用来确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源。
其中，所述第一预设值可以有一种或多种取值，所述第二预设值也可以有一种或多种取值。
另外，一种上行信号的天线端口数目，对应有一种上行信号的发送功率的确定方式，不同上行信号的天线端口数目对应的上行信号的发送功率的确定方式可以相同，也可以不同。在所述第一指示信息中，上行信号的天线端口数目取值不同时，终端确定上行信号的发送功率的方式，可以联合指示也可以分别进行指示，例如联合指示：上行信号的天线端口数目取值为1和2时，采用第一功率确定方式；分别指示：上行信号的天线端口数目为1时，采用第一功率确定方式，为2时，采用第一功率确定方式。并且，在上行信号的天线端口数目可以存在多种取值时，所述第一指示信息中，可以只指示其中一种或几种取值下的上行信号的发送功率的确定方式。在所述上行信号是指PUSCH时，所述上行信号的天线端口数目，就是PUSCH端口数。
同理，一种第二资源包含的天线端口数，对应有一种上行信号的发送功率的确定方式，不同第二资源包含的天线端口数对应的上行信号的发送功率的确定方式可以相同，也可以不同。在所述第一指示信息中，第二资源包含的天线端口数取值不同时，终端确定上行信号的发送功率的方式，可以联合指示也可以分别进行指示，例如联合指示：第二资源包含的天线端口数取值为1和2时，采用第一功率确定方式；分别指示：第二资源包含的天线端口数为1时，采用第一功率确定方式，为2时，采用第一功率确定方式。并且，在第二资源包含的天线端口数可以存在多种取值时，所述第一指示信息中，可以只指示其中一种或几种取值下的上行信号的发送功率的确定方式。
综上所述，以上叙述的是上行信号的发送功率的确定方式。
而本公开的实施例中，还可包括如下所述的上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式。
可选地，还包括：
根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者网络侧设备的第四指示信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
其中，所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，或者第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源，所述第一探测参考信号资源集为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所在的资源集；
所述第四指示信息用于指示所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式。
由此可知，可以根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，或者SRI指示的资源包括的天线端口的数目，或者SRI指示的资源所在的资源集包括的所有资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
其中，终端确定出上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销之后，根据上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，确定预编码和传输流数，进而根据预编码矩阵和传输流数，以及前文中确定的所述上行信号的发送功率，发送所述上行信号。
可选地，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所述方法时，所述方法还包括：
根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。
即可以根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。
其中，在所述目标资源包括一个SRS资源集时，可以采用如下方式一和方式二中的任一种确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销：
方式一：3GPP Rel-15版本协议TS38.212里的方式，即终端根据基站指示的codebooksubset、PUSCH的天线端口数、PUSCH的maxRank(最大传输流数)和上行传输的波形确定DCI中的预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销，并根据所述开销对DCI中的预编码和传输流数指示信息进行解码，确定出PUSCH传输对应的预编码和传输流数；
方式二：终端确定所有SRS资源包含的天线端口数，并基于该数值确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。可选地，如果基站向终端指示了码本子集限制信令，终端还需要结合该码本子集限制信令确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。可选地，如果基站向终端指示了最大传输流数信令，终端还需要结合该最大传输流数信令确定预编码和传输流数指示的开销。例如，基站为终端配置了2个用于基于码本的PUSCH传输的SRS资源，包含的天线端口数分别为2和4则终端根据天线端口4确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。其中预编码和传输流数指示信息是上行调度信息的一部分。
其中，在根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销时，具体可以采用如下方式一、方式二、方式三、方法四中的任一种：
方式一：在所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源，所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第三判断结果；
根据所述第三判断结果，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，所述第三判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同的情况下，则终端采用3GPP Rel-15版本协议TS38.212里的方式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，当根据第三判断结果，确定上行调度信息中包括的预编码和传输流数时，若所述第三判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，则获取所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，并基于最大值确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。其中，如果基站向终端指示了码本子集限制信令，终端还需要结合该码本子集限制信令确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。进一步地，如果基站向终端指示了最大传输流数信令，终端还需要结合该最大传输流数信令确定预编码和传输流数指示的开销。例如，基站为终端配置了2个用于基于码本的PUSCH传输的SRS资源，包含的天线端口数分别为2和4则终端根据天线端口4确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。其中预编码和传输流数指示信息是上行调度信息的一部分。
举例来说，基站向终端配置了一个用于获取基于码本PUSCH的CSI的SRS资源集，该SRS资源集包含1个2端口的SRS资源和1个4端口的SRS资源。基站向终端指示码本子集限制信令codebooksubset和最大传输流数信令maxRank，codebooksubset的取值为’nonCoherent’,maxRank指示单流。若上行信号的传输波形为循环前缀正交频分复用(Cyclic Prefix Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing，CP-OFDM)，该限制信令在4天线端口时对应的码本子集为表1中的TPMI 0-3，2天线端口时对应的码本子集为附录表2中的TPMI 0-1，由于max{2，4}＝4，基站根据4天线端口的码本子集限制对应的码本子集确定预编码和传输流数指示开销，log 2(4)＝2比特。终端确定两个SRS资源包含的天线 端口数不同，计算max{2，4}＝4，根据4天线端口的码本子集限制对应的码本子集确定预编码和传输流数指示开销，为log 2(4)＝2比特。
其中，终端根据预编码和传输流数指示开销以及表3，确定出预编码和传输流数指示信息的编码。
表1用于使用两个天线端口的单层传输的预编码矩阵W(TPMI index为0～1的码字为非相干传输的码字；其他码字为全相干传输的码字)
Figure PCTCN2020108635-appb-000002
表2CP-OFDM波形下使用四个天线端口进行单层传输的预编码矩阵W(TPMI index为0～3的码字为非相干传输的码字；TPMI index为4～11的码字为部分相干传输的码字；其他码字为全相干传输的码字)
Figure PCTCN2020108635-appb-000003
表3预编码和传输流数指示信息的编码对照表
Figure PCTCN2020108635-appb-000004
终端根据码本子集确定预编码和传输流数指示的开销的一种方式为根据码本子集包含的预编码矩阵的数目，例如该数目为Y，对该数目以2为底取对数后向上取整作为预编码和传输流数指示的开销
在本公开中，预编码和传输流数指示是指用来指示所述上行信号的预编码矩阵和传输流数的指示信息。可选地，该指示信息可以为同一个域，例如，DCI中的Precoding information and number of layers域，此时，预编码和传输流数指示的开销为该信息域的开销。可选地，该信息可以包含多个域至少一个域用来指示预编码矩阵，至少一个域用来指示传输流数，则预编码和传输流数的开销为这些域的总开销。
方式二，所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
获取所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值；
根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
即终端不去判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，而是直接根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
其中，可选地，如果基站向终端指示了码本子集限制信令，终端还需要结合该码本子集限制信令确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。可选地，如果基站向终端指示了最大传输流数信令，终端还需要结合该最大传输流数信令确定预编码和传输流数指示的开销。例如，基站为终端配置了2个用于基于码本的PUSCH传输的SRS资源，包含的天线端口数分别为2和4则终端根据天线端口4确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。其中预编码和传输流数指示信息是上行调度信息的一部分。
另外，若上行调度信息通过DCI发送，终端还需要根据预编码和传输流数指示信息确定DCI的候选开销，并利用所述开销接收DCI。其中，终端在确定预编码和传输流数指示信息开销的同时，可以确定预编码和传输流数指示信息对应的编码方式，然后根据对DCI的译码获得预编码和传输流数指示信息。
方式三：所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第五指示信息，且所述第五指示信息指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
方式四：所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第六指示信息的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，所述第六指示信息用于指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
其中，所述第五指示信息可以为指示根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的内容，也可以为指示不根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的内容。而第六指示信息只有一种内容，即指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
即终端还可以接收基站发送的第五指示信息，并基于所述第五指示信息指示的内容判断是否根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/ 或上行调度信息的开销。或者，终端判断是否接收到基站发送的第六指示信息，并在接收到所述指示信息的情况下根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，当所述第一资源为所述第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源时，可采用如下方式一、方式二、方式三、方式四、方式五中任一种：
方式一：所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
判断所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第四判断结果；
根据所述第四判断结果，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
方式二：所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
获取所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值；
根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
方式三：所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第九指示信息，且所述第九指示信息指示根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
方式四：所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第十指示信息的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，所述第十指示信息用于指示根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
方式五：所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在所述终端具备第六预设能力的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，还包括：
在所述终端具备第七预设能力的情况下，根据第一预设规则，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
即在终端具备一种或多种能力下，判断所述第一资源包括的天线端口数是否相同，并基于判断结果确定上行信号的发送功率控制规则，基于所述发送功率控制规则确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；在其他的能力下，使用其他的规则确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，所述第六预设能力或者所述第七预设能力包括以下至少一项：
终端的相干传输能力；
终端支持的码本子集限制信息；
终端支持的可以满功率发送的码本子集限制的指示信息，所述可以满功率发送的码本子集是指码本子集中至少存在一个预编码矩阵使得终端可以满功率发送上行信号；
终端的功率放大器PA的满功率发送能力；
终端的天线端口的满功率发送能力；
终端是否支持使用超出所述用户设备的PUSCH相干传输能力的预编码矩阵进行PUSCH的传输的能力；
终端的满功率发送能力。
可选地，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源时，所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第三预设数目的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息和/或所述网络侧设备的第八指示信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第四预设数目的情况下，根据第二预设规则，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第三预设数目的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第四预设数目的情况下，根据第二预设规则，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
即在一种或多种第一资源包括的天线端口的数目下，基于终端的能力确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，在第一资源包括的天线端口的数目下，无需根据终端的能力就可以确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的天线端口数为第三预设值时终端确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式；
或者
所述第四指示信息用于指示第二资源包括的天线端口数为第四预设值时终端确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式；所述第二资源为用来确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源。
其中，所述第三预设值可以有一种或多种取值，所述第四预设值也可以有一种或多种取值。
另外，一种上行信号的天线端口数目，对应有一种上行信号的发送功率的确定方式，不同上行信号的天线端口数目对应的所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式可以相同，也可以不同。在所述第四指示信息中，上行信号的天线端口数目取值不同时，终端所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式，可以联合指示也可以分别进行指示，例如联合指示：上行信号的天线端口数目取值为1和2时，采用第一开销确定方式；分别指示：上行信号的天线端口数目为1时，采用第一开销确定方式，为2时，采用第一开销确定方式。并且，在上行信号的天线端口数目可以存在多种取值时，所述第四指示信息中，可以只指示其中一种或几种取值下的所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式。
同理，一种第二资源包含的天线端口数，对应有一种所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式，不同第二资源包含的天线端口数对应的所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式可以相同，也可以不同。在所述第四指示信息中，第二资源包含的天线端口数取值不同时，终端确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式，可以联合指示也可以分别进行指示，例如联合指示：第二资源包含的天线端口数取值为1和2时，采用第一开销确定方式；分别指示：第二资源包含的天线端口数为1时，采用第一开销确定方式，为2时，采用第一开销确定方式。并且，在第二资源包含的天线端口数可以存在多种取值时，所述第四指示信息 中，可以只指示其中一种或几种取值下的所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式。
可限定，所述终端的能力信息包括以下至少一项：
A1：终端支持的码本子集限制；
A2：终端支持的以满功率发送的码本子集限制的指示信息，所述以满功率发送的码本子集为码本子集中至少存在一个预编码矩阵使得终端可以满功率发送所述上行信号；
A3：终端以满功率发送所述上行信号的功率放大器的组合；
A4：终端在所有传输预编码矩阵下都能以满功率发送时所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目的上限值；
A5：终端的在所有传输预编码矩阵下都能满功率发送时所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目的下限值；
A6：终端以满功率发送所述上行信号的天线端口的组合。
针对A3项，可选地，UE的上报能力信息方式为：UE上报其支持满功率发送的预编码矩阵集合，这些预编码矩阵对应的PA组合可以实现满功率发送。
可选地，所述预编码矩阵集合中的任意两个预编码矩阵对应的非零元素的位置不同。在这种方式可以降低UE能力上报的开销。
其中举例请参见终端侧实施例，此处不再赘述。
可选地，预编码矩阵集合中的每个预编码矩阵只包含一个非零天线端口。基站接收到UE上报的该能力后，假设终端上报的任意一个预编码的非零元素对应的天线端口可以满功率发送。
针对A4，例如该上限值为P，则usage为’codebook’的SRS资源(即为用于获取基于码本的PUSCH的CSI的SRS资源)包含的天线端口数不大于P时，所有的TPMI都可以满功率发送。
针对A5，例如该下限值Q，则usage为’codebook’的SRS资源(即为用于获取基于码本的PUSCH的CSI的SRS资源)包含的天线端口数小于Q时，所有的TPMI都可以满功率发送。
针对A6项，可选地，UE以位图(bitmap)的方式上报其可以满功率发送的天线端口。可选地，终端上报一个4比特的能力信息，每一个bit表示一个端口是否支持满功率发送。作为一个示例，每个比特为1时表示其对应的天线端口可以满功率发送，为0时表示其对应的天线端口不能满功率发送；当然，也可以有另一个示例，每个比特为1时表示其对应的天线端口不能满功率发送，为0时表示其对应的天线端口可以满功率发送。
可选地，所述终端的能力信息还可包括其中信息，具体内容详见终端侧实施例，此处不再赘述。
其中，可选地，终端上报的上述能力只适用于天线端口数等于终端在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目。
可选地，终端上报的上述能力适用于所有用于获取基于码本上行传输对应的SRS资源。
可选地，终端可以针对多个天线端口数上报不同的能力。即，若终端支持最大4天线端口的SRS资源，则终端针对4天线端口上报能力X，针对2天线端口上报能力Y，其中，X和Y为两种能力的指代示例。
综上所述，本公开的实施例，给出了系统中基于码本的上行传输的SRS资源集包含的SRS资源的端口数不同的功率控制、码本子集限制、预编码和传输流数开销等的确定、PUSCH的预编码矩阵和传输流数的确定、DCI的开销、DCI指示的信息的确定方案。
其中，当PUSCH的传输对应于不同的SRS资源时对应于不同的功率控制规则，可以使得终端采用不同的方式发送不同的SRS资源对应的PUSCH，实现基站灵活地调度终端 进行满功率发送以对抗干扰，或者调度终端采用较低功率发送更好地匹配信道，获得更优终端的性能。
另外，PUSCH的传输对应于不同的SRS资源时对应于不同的码本子集限制和/或预编码矩阵和传输流数的开销和/或DCI的开销则可以获得节省开销或者基站灵活调度终端的传输方式，以获得更好的系统性能的好处。
第二实施例
本公开的实施例提供了一种上行发送方法，应用于网络侧设备，解决了相关技术中的参考功率的确定方法无法适用于更多资源配置的场景的问题。
如图2所示，本公开实施例的上行发送方法具体包括以下步骤：
步骤21：根据目标资源的配置信息，或者采用发送给终端的第一指示信息指示的功率确定方式，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端确定所述上行信号的发送功率的方式。
可选地，上行信号对应的码本子集，即为所述上行信号的码本子集。
可选地，预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，即为预编码矩阵的参考功率。
步骤22：根据所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，确定所述上行信号的上行调度信息。
可选地，所述上行信号为基于码本的PUSCH信号。
步骤23：向所述终端发送所述上行调度信息。
其中，网络侧设备通过步骤21确定出参考功率后，进一步利用所述参考功率计算所述任一个预编码矩阵对应的第一衡量值，其中所述第一衡量值具体可以为该预编码矩阵对应的测量信号干扰噪声比、该预编码矩阵对应的香农容量、该预编码矩阵对应的传输块大小等信息，进而使得网络侧设备根据该衡量值确定所述上行信号的上行调度信息，如MCS(调制编码方式)，预编码矩阵和传输流数等。
由此可知，本公开的实施例，是根据网络侧设备可以采用与终端侧相同的技术规则计算参考功率，从而可以根据参考功率，确定所述上行信号的上行调度信息，从而可以适用于更多资源配置的场景。
可选地，根据目标资源的配置信息，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目或者所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
其中，所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，或者第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源，所述第一探测参考信号资源集为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所在的资源集。
由此可知，可以根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，或者SRI指示的资源包括的天线端口的数目，或者SRI指示的资源所在的资源集包括的所有资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定参考送功率。
其中，所述目标资源可能包括一个SRS资源，也可能包括多个SRS资源，那么在所述目标资源包括一个SRS资源时，可以采用如下方式一和方式二中的任一种确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
方式一：在所述上行信号为基于码本的PUSCH信号时，根据如下公式，确定PUSCH对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示PUSCH对应的码本子集中的第i 个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示PUSCH对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个SRS资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
方式二：在所述上行信号为基于码本的PUSCH信号时，根据如下公式，确定PUSCH对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示PUSCH对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示PUSCH对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的SRS资源包括的天线端口的数目。
可选地，所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源，所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第一判断结果；
根据所述第一判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
其中，一个SRS资源对应有一个天线端口数目，则在所述目标资源包括多个SRS资源的情况下，所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，则为多个数目。
另外，在根据第一判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率时，具体可以采用如下方式一、方式二、方式三中的任一种：
方式一，所述根据所述第一判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 2；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目。
方式二：所述根据所述第一判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的 第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目小于M 1时，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率将预先确定的第二基础功率，确定为所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的任一个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目等于M 1时，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目。
方式三：所述根据所述第一判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*min{2*Ni/M 2，1}；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包含的天线端口的数目；
所述第一预设能力包括支持以满功率发送所述上行信号、支持被配置多个包括不同的天线端口数的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源、支持任意两个天线端口的组合以满功率发送所述上行信号。
其中，min{2*N/M 2，1}即为取2*N/M 2与1二者中的较小者。当所述目标资源包括一个SRS集时，用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源，即为所述目标资源；当所述目标资源包括多个SRS资源时，用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源，为SRI指示的SRS资源。
其中，所述第二基础功率是基站根据信道测量情况确定出的一个功率，或者，所述第二基础功率是网络设备预定义的一个功率值。另外，需要说明的是，终端满功率发送PUSCH定义为在不考虑PUSCH与其他信号同时传输的条件下，终端在上行码本子集限制下存在至少一个预编码码字对应的上行发送功率为根据上行功率控制公式计算出的PUSCH的发送功率(例如，在NR系统中，对应于3GPP协议TS 38.213中第7.1.1节中 计算出的PUSCH的发送功率)。不满足满功率发送的定义终端发送行为的为非满功率发送。其中，如果PUSCH与其他信号(如PUCCH或SRS)同时传输(频分复用)，终端的发送功率可能需要按照各个信号的功率进行一个比例缩放，此时PUSCH的发送功率需要乘以一个信号复用相关的系数，这种情况我们仍然认为终端是满功率发送PUSCH。
可选地：所述判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，包括：
在所述终端具备第二预设能力的情况下，判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同。
可选地，在所述终端具备第三预设能力的情况下，根据预先确定的第一功率控制规则，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
即在终端具备一种或多种能力下，判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口数是否相同，并基于判断结果确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率控制规则，基于所述发送功率控制规则确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；在其他的能力下，使用其他的发送功率控制规则。
可选地，所述第二预设能力或者所述第三预设能力包括以下至少一项：
终端的相干传输能力；
终端支持的码本子集限制信息；
终端支持的可以满功率发送的码本子集限制的指示信息，所述可以满功率发送的码本子集是指码本子集中至少存在一个预编码矩阵使得终端可以满功率发送上行信号；
终端的功率放大器PA能力；
终端的天线端口的满功率发送能力；
终端是否支持使用超出所述用户设备的PUSCH相干传输能力的预编码矩阵进行PUSCH的传输的能力；
终端的满功率发送能力。
可选地，所述根据目标资源的配置信息，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
在所述目标资源的配置信息为第一预设配置信息的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
在所述目标资源的配置信息为第二预设配置信息的情况下，根据预先确定的第二功率控制规则，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
即在一种或多种SRS资源配置下，基于终端的能力确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，在其他SRS资源配置下，无需根据终端的能力就可以确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
其中，所述第一预设资源配置可以为一种预定义的目标资源的配置信息。例如，目标资源的天线端口数为预定义的数值，如4。再例如，所述第一预设资源配置为目标资源的天线端口数等于终端支持的PUCSH传输的最大天线端口数。再例如，一个所述第一预设资源配置的示例为：所述目标资源包含多个SRS资源，至少两个SRS资源包含的天线端口数不同。
所述第二预设资源配置可以为另外一种预定义的目标资源的配置信息，例如，目标资源的天线端口数为2。再例如，所述第二预设资源配置为目标资源的天线端口数小于终端支持的PUCSH传输的最大天线端口数。再例如，一个所述第二预设资源配置的示例为：所述目标资源包含一个SRS资源或者多个包含的天线端口数相同的SRS资源。
可选地，所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源；
当所述第一资源为所述第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源时，所述根据目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
判断所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第二判断结果；
根据所述第二判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
即在所述目标资源包括多个SRS资源的情况下，还可以进一步根据SRI指示的SRS资源所在的SRS资源集包括的SRS资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
其中，SRI即为SRS资源指示信息，用于指示确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的SRS对应的SRS资源，或者，用于指示确定所述上行信号的模拟波束赋形的SRS对应的SRS资源。
可选地，在根据第二判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率时，具体可以采用如下方式一、方式二、方式三中的任一种：
方式一：在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 2；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，所述第二预设比值为N/M 2，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目。
方式二：所述根据所述第二判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目小于M 1时，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率将预先确定的第二基础功率，确定为所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的任一个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目等于M 1时，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目。
方式三：所述根据所述第二判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*min{2*Ni/M 2，1}；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包含的天线端口的数目；
所述第一预设能力包括支持以满功率发送所述上行信号、支持被配置多个包括不同的天线端口数的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源、支持任意两个天线端口的组合以满功率发送所述上行信号。
可选地，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源时，所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第五预设值的情况下，将预先确定的第二基础功率，确定为所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的任一个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第六预设值的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 3；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 3表示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目。
其中，所述第五预设值的取值可以为1，所述第六预设值的取值可以为2和4。
此外，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，且根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率时，还可采用如下方式一或方式二中的任一种：
方式一：所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括
在所述终端具备第四预设能力的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目， 确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
可选地，所述还包括：
在所述终端具备第五预设能力的情况下，根据预先确定的第三功率控制规则，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
即在一种或多种能力下，终端针所述第一资源包括的天线端口数的不同数目使用不同的上行信号发送功率确定方法确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；在其他的能力下，针对所述第一资源包括的天线端口数的不同数目使用相同的上行信号发送功率确定方法确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
所述第四预设能力可以包括一种终端支持满功率发送的能力，例如，所述第四预设能力包括终端支持基站为终端配置多个包含不同天线端口数的资源以实现满功率发送。再例如，所述第四预设能力包括终端任意2个PA/PUSCH天线端口的组合都可以实现满功率发送。再例如，所述第四预设能力包括终端不支持基站为终端配置多个包含不同天线端口数的资源以实现满功率发送。再例如，所述第四预设能力包括终端任意1个PA/PUSCH天线端口都可以实现满功率发送。
所述第五预设能力可以包括另外一种终端支持满功率发送的能力，例如，所述第五预设能力包括终端不支持基站为终端配置多个包含不同天线端口数的资源以实现满功率发送。再例如，所述第五预设能力包括终端任意1个PA/PUSCH天线端口都可以实现满功率发送。终端的PA/PUSCH天线端口可以实现满功率发送是指终端的PA或PUSCH天线端口可以达到终端的功率等级对应的发送功率。再例如，所述第五预设能力包括终端支持基站为终端配置多个包含不同天线端口数的资源以实现满功率发送。再例如，所述第五预设能力包括终端任意2个PA/PUSCH天线端口的组合都可以实现满功率发送。
方式三：所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第一预设数目的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第二预设数目的情况下，根据预先确定的第四功率控制规则，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
即在一种或所述第一资源包括的天线端口数目下，基于UE的能力确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，在其他所述第一资源包括的天线端口数目下，无需根据UE的能力就可以确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
可选地，所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目与终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目的相对关系，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
其中，所述相对关系为所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，与终端支持的在一个SRS资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目，这二者之间的大小关系。
所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第二指示信息，且所述第二指示信息指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
或者
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第三指示信息的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，所述第三指示信息用于指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
其中，所述第二指示信息可以为指示根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率的内容，也可以为指示不根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率的内容。而第三指示信息只有一种内容，即指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
即终端还可以接收基站发送的第二指示信息，并基于所述第二指示信息指示的内容判断是否根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。或者，终端判断是否接收到基站发送的第三指示信息，并在接收到所述指示信息的情况下根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
可选地，根据网络侧设备的第一指示信息，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
根据所述第一指示信息所指示的所述参考功率的确定方式和以下信息中的至少一个，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
所述上行信号的调度信息；
用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源的配置信息。
即可以结合所述上行信号的调度信息，和/或用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源的配置信息，与第一指示信息，共同确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的天线端口数为第一预设值时终端确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率的方式；
或者
所述第一指示信息用于指示第二资源包含的天线端口数为第二预设值时终端确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率的方式，所述第二资源为用来确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源。
其中，所述第一预设值可以有一种或多种取值，所述第二预设值也可以有一种或多种取值。
另外，一种上行信号的天线端口数目，对应有一种参考功率的确定方式，不同上行信号的天线端口数目对应的参考功率的确定方式可以相同，也可以不同。在所述第一指示信息中，上行信号的天线端口数目取值不同时，终端确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率的方式，可以联合指示也可以分别进行指示，例如联合指示：上行信号的天线端口数目取值为1和2时，采用第一功率确定方式；分别指示：上行信号的天线端口数目为1时，采用第一功率确定方式，为2时，采用第一功率确定方式。并且，在上行信号的天线端口数目可以存在多种取值时，所述第一指示信息中，可以只指示其中一种或几种取值下的参考功率的确定方式。在所述上行信号是指PUSCH时，所述上行信号的天线端口数目，就是PUSCH端口数。
同理，一种第二资源包含的天线端口数，对应有一种参考功率的确定方式，不同第二资源包含的天线端口数对应的参考功率的确定方式可以相同，也可以不同。在所述第一指示信息中，第二资源包含的天线端口数取值不同时，终端确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率的方式，可以联合指示也可以分别进行指示，例如联合指示：第二资源包含的天线端口数取值为1和2时，采用第一功率确定方式；分别指示：第 二资源包含的天线端口数为1时，采用第一功率确定方式，为2时，采用第一功率确定方式。并且，在第二资源包含的天线端口数可以存在多种取值时，所述第一指示信息中，可以只指示其中一种或几种取值下的参考功率的确定方式。
综上所述，以上叙述的是参考功率确定方式。
可选地，还包括：
根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者网络侧设备的第四指示信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
其中，所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，或者第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源，所述第一探测参考信号资源集为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所在的资源集；
所述第四指示信息用于指示所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式。
由此可知，可以根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，或者SRI指示的资源包括的天线端口的数目，或者SRI指示的资源所在的资源集包括的所有资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
其中，终端确定出上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销之后，根据上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，确定预编码和传输流数，进而根据预编码矩阵和传输流数，以及前文中确定的所述上行信号的发送功率，发送所述上行信号。
可选地，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行调度信息的开销，包括：
根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行调度信息中包括的预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销，所述预编码和传输流数指示信息用来指示所述上行信号的预编码矩阵和传输流数。
即可以根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行调度信息中包括的预编码和传输流数的指示信息的开销。
其中，在所述目标资源包括一个SRS资源集时，可以采用如下方式一和方式二中的任一种确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销：
方式一：3GPP Rel-15版本协议TS38.212里的方式，即终端根据基站指示的codebooksubset、PUSCH的天线端口数、PUSCH的maxRank(最大传输流数)和上行传输的波形确定DCI中的预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销，并根据所述开销对DCI中的预编码和传输流数指示信息进行解码，确定出PUSCH传输对应的预编码和传输流数；
方式二：终端确定所有SRS资源包含的天线端口数，并基于该数值确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。可选地，如果基站向终端指示了码本子集限制信令，终端还需要结合该码本子集限制信令确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。可选地，如果基站向终端指示了最大传输流数信令，终端还需要结合该最大传输流数信令确定预编码和传输流数指示的开销。例如，基站为终端配置了2个用于基于码本的PUSCH传输的SRS资源，包含的天线端口数分别为2和4则终端根据天线端口4确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。其中预编码和传输流数指示信息是上行调度信息的一部分。
其中，在根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销时，具体可以采用如下方式一、方式二、方式三、方法四中的任一种：
方式一：在所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源，所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销， 包括：
判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第三判断结果；
根据所述第三判断结果，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，所述第三判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同的情况下，则终端采用3GPP Rel-15版本协议TS38.212里的方式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，当根据第三判断结果，确定上行调度信息中包括的预编码和传输流数时，若所述第三判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，则获取所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，并基于最大值确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。其中，如果基站向终端指示了码本子集限制信令，终端还需要结合该码本子集限制信令确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。进一步地，如果基站向终端指示了最大传输流数信令，终端还需要结合该最大传输流数信令确定预编码和传输流数指示的开销。例如，基站为终端配置了2个用于基于码本的PUSCH传输的SRS资源，包含的天线端口数分别为2和4则终端根据天线端口4确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。其中预编码和传输流数指示信息是上行调度信息的一部分。
其中，举例说明请参见终端侧，此处不再赘述。
方式二，所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
获取所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值；
根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
即终端不去判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，而是直接根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
其中，可选地，如果基站向终端指示了码本子集限制信令，终端还需要结合该码本子集限制信令确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。可选地，如果基站向终端指示了最大传输流数信令，终端还需要结合该最大传输流数信令确定预编码和传输流数指示的开销。例如，基站为终端配置了2个用于基于码本的PUSCH传输的SRS资源，包含的天线端口数分别为2和4则终端根据天线端口4确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。其中预编码和传输流数指示信息是上行调度信息的一部分。
另外，若上行调度信息通过DCI发送，终端还需要根据预编码和传输流数指示信息确定DCI的候选开销，并利用所述开销接收DCI。其中，终端在确定预编码和传输流数指示信息开销的同时，可以确定预编码和传输流数指示信息对应的编码方式，然后根据对DCI的译码获得预编码和传输流数指示信息。
方式三：所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第五指示信息，且所述第五指示信息指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
方式四：所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第六指示信息的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，所述第六指 示信息用于指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
其中，所述第五指示信息可以为指示根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的内容，也可以为指示不根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的内容。而第六指示信息只有一种内容，即指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
即终端还可以接收基站发送的第五指示信息，并基于所述第五指示信息指示的内容判断是否根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。或者，终端判断是否接收到基站发送的第六指示信息，并在接收到所述指示信息的情况下根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，当所述第一资源为所述第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源时，可采用如下方式一、方式二、方式三、方式四、方式五中任一种：
方式一：所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
判断所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第四判断结果；
根据所述第四判断结果，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
方式二：所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
获取所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值；
根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
方式三：所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第九指示信息，且所述第九指示信息指示根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
方式四：所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第十指示信息的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，所述第十指示信息用于指示根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
方式五：所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在所述终端具备第六预设能力的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，还包括：
在所述终端具备第七预设能力的情况下，根据第一预设规则，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
即在终端具备一种或多种能力下，判断所述第一资源包括的天线端口数是否相同，并基于判断结果确定上行信号的发送功率控制规则，基于所述发送功率控制规则确定所述 上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；在其他的能力下，使用其他的规则确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，所述第六预设能力或者所述第七预设能力包括以下至少一项：
终端的相干传输能力；
终端支持的码本子集限制信息；
终端支持的可以满功率发送的码本子集限制的指示信息，所述可以满功率发送的码本子集是指码本子集中至少存在一个预编码矩阵使得终端可以满功率发送上行信号；
终端的功率放大器PA的满功率发送能力；
终端的天线端口的满功率发送能力；
终端是否支持使用超出所述用户设备的PUSCH相干传输能力的预编码矩阵进行PUSCH的传输的能力；
终端的满功率发送能力。
可选地，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源时，所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第三预设数目的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息和/或所述网络侧设备的第八指示信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第四预设数目的情况下，根据第二预设规则，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第三预设数目的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第四预设数目的情况下，根据第二预设规则，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
即在一种或多种第一资源包括的天线端口的数目下，基于终端的能力确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，在第一资源包括的天线端口的数目下，无需根据终端的能力就可以确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的天线端口数为第三预设值时终端确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式；
或者
所述第四指示信息用于指示第二资源包括的天线端口数为第四预设值时终端确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式；所述第二资源为用来确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源。
其中，所述第三预设值可以有一种或多种取值，所述第四预设值也可以有一种或多种取值。
另外，一种上行信号的天线端口数目，对应有一种上行信号的发送功率的确定方式，不同上行信号的天线端口数目对应的所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式可以相同，也可以不同。在所述第四指示信息中，上行信号的天线端口数目取值不同时，终端所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式，可以联合指示也可以分别进行指示，例如联合指示：上行信号的天线端口数目取值为1和2时，采用第一开销确定方式；分别指示：上行信号的天线端口数目为1时，采用第一开销确定方式，为2时，采用第一开销确定方式。并且，在上行信号的天线端口数目可以存在多种取值时，所述第四指示信息中，可以只指示其中一种或几种取值下的所述上行信号对 应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式。
同理，一种第二资源包含的天线端口数，对应有一种所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式，不同第二资源包含的天线端口数对应的所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式可以相同，也可以不同。在所述第四指示信息中，第二资源包含的天线端口数取值不同时，终端确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式，可以联合指示也可以分别进行指示，例如联合指示：第二资源包含的天线端口数取值为1和2时，采用第一开销确定方式；分别指示：第二资源包含的天线端口数为1时，采用第一开销确定方式，为2时，采用第一开销确定方式。并且，在第二资源包含的天线端口数可以存在多种取值时，所述第四指示信息中，可以只指示其中一种或几种取值下的所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式。
可限定，所述终端的能力信息包括以下至少一项：
A1：终端支持的码本子集限制；
A2：终端支持的以满功率发送的码本子集限制的指示信息，所述以满功率发送的码本子集为码本子集中至少存在一个预编码矩阵使得终端可以满功率发送所述上行信号；
A3：终端以满功率发送所述上行信号的功率放大器的组合；
A4：终端在所有传输预编码矩阵下都能以满功率发送时所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目的上限值；
A5：终端的在所有传输预编码矩阵下都能满功率发送时所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目的下限值；
A6：终端以满功率发送所述上行信号的天线端口的组合。
针对A3项，可选地，UE的上报能力信息方式为：UE上报其支持满功率发送的预编码矩阵集合，这些预编码矩阵对应的PA组合可以实现满功率发送。
可选地，所述预编码矩阵集合中的任意两个预编码矩阵对应的非零元素的位置不同。在这种方式可以降低UE能力上报的开销。
举例来说，UE上报的预编码矩阵集合为{[1 1 1 1]，[1 0 1 0]，[0 1 0 1]}是可以的，因为任意两个预编码矩阵对应的非零元素的位置不同；但UE不能上报预编码矩阵集合{[1 1 1 1]，[1 0 1 0]，[1 0j 0]}，因为[1 0 1 0]与[1 0j 0]都对应于第一、三个天线端口的元素非零。基站接收到UE上报的该能力后，假设非零元素的位置与其中任意一个预编码矩阵对应的非零元素的位置相同的任意一个预编码矩阵都可以满功率发送。
可选地，预编码矩阵集合中的每个预编码矩阵只包含一个非零天线端口。基站接收到UE上报的该能力后，假设终端上报的任意一个预编码的非零元素对应的天线端口可以满功率发送。
针对A4，例如该上限值为P，则usage为’codebook’的SRS资源(即为用于获取基于码本的PUSCH的CSI的SRS资源)包含的天线端口数不大于P时，所有的TPMI都可以满功率发送。
针对A5，例如该下限值Q，则usage为’codebook’的SRS资源(即为用于获取基于码本的PUSCH的CSI的SRS资源)包含的天线端口数小于Q时，所有的TPMI都可以满功率发送。
针对A6项，可选地，UE以位图(bitmap)的方式上报其可以满功率发送的天线端口。可选地，终端上报一个4比特的能力信息，每一个bit表示一个端口是否支持满功率发送。作为一个示例，每个比特为1时表示其对应的天线端口可以满功率发送，为0时表示其对应的天线端口不能满功率发送；当然，也可以有另一个示例，每个比特为1时表示其对应的天线端口不能满功率发送，为0时表示其对应的天线端口可以满功率发送。
可选地，所述终端的能力信息还可包括如下至少一项：
终端支持的第一天线端口数，这个天线端口数为N的含义为当用于发送PUSCH的天线端口数大于或等于N时，可以满功率发送；
终端支持的第二天线端口数，这个天线端口数为N的含义为当用于发送PUSCH的天线端口数大于N时，可以满功率发送；
终端的每个PA可以达到的最大发送功率，例如，终端上报其每个PA可以达到PC的1/2发送功率；
终端的每个PA可以达到的最大发送功率。
其中，可选地，终端上报的上述能力只适用于天线端口数等于终端在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目。
可选地，终端上报的上述能力适用于所有用于获取基于码本上行传输对应的SRS资源。
可选地，终端可以针对多个天线端口数上报不同的能力。即，若终端支持最大4天线端口的SRS资源，则终端针对4天线端口上报能力X，针对2天线端口上报能力Y，其中，X和Y为两种能力的指代示例。
综上所述，本公开的实施例，给出了系统中基于码本的上行传输的SRS资源集包含的SRS资源的端口数不同的功率控制、码本子集限制、预编码和传输流数开销等的确定、PUSCH的预编码矩阵和传输流数的确定、DCI的开销、DCI指示的信息的确定方案。
其中，当PUSCH的传输对应于不同的SRS资源时对应于不同的功率控制规则，可以使得终端采用不同的方式发送不同的SRS资源对应的PUSCH，实现基站灵活地调度终端进行满功率发送以对抗干扰，或者调度终端采用较低功率发送更好地匹配信道，获得更优终端的性能。
另外，PUSCH的传输对应于不同的SRS资源时对应于不同的码本子集限制和/或预编码矩阵和传输流数的开销和/或DCI的开销则可以获得节省开销或者基站灵活调度终端的传输方式，以获得更好的系统性能的好处。
第三实施例
本公开实施例还提供了一种终端，如图3所示，包括：
第一接收模块301，用于接收上行信号的上行调度信息；
第一确定模块302，用于根据目标资源的配置信息，或者网络侧设备的第一指示信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的发送功率的确定方式；
第一发送模块303，用于根据所述发送功率和所述上行调度信息，发送所述上行信号。
可选地，所述第一确定模块302包括：
第一确定子模块，用于根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目或者所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率；
其中，所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，或者第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源，所述第一探测参考信号资源集为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所在的资源集。
可选地，所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源，所述第一确定模块302包括：
判断子模块，用于判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第一判断结果；
第二确定子模块，用于根据所述第一判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
可选地，所述第二确定子模块包括：
第一处理单元，用于在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目 相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
第二处理单元，用于在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第二预设比值，获得第二缩放功率，并将所述第二缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第二预设比值为N/M 2，N表示具有非零的所述上行信号传输功率的天线端口的数目，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目；
或者
所述第二确定子模块包括：
第三处理单元，用于在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
第四处理单元，用于在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目小于M 1时，确定所述上行信号的发送功率为满功率；
第五处理单元，用于在在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目等于M 1时，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
或者
所述第二确定子模块包括：
第六处理单元，用于在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零传输的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
第七处理单元，用于在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第三预设比值，获得第三缩放功率，并将所述第三缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第三预设比值为min{2*N/M 2，1}，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包含的天线端口的数目；
所述第一预设能力包括支持以满功率发送所述上行信号、支持被配置多个包括不同的天线端口数的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源、支持任意两个天线端口的组合以满功率发送所述上行信号。
可选地，所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源。
当所述第一资源为所述第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源时，所述第二确定子模块包括：
第一判断单元，用于判断所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第二判断结果；
第一确定单元，用于根据所述第二判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
可选地，所述第一确定单元包括：
第一处理子单元，用于在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
第二处理子单元，用于在第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第二预设比值，获得第二缩放功率，并将所述第二缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第二预设比值为N/M 2，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目；
或者
所述第一确定单元包括：
第三处理子单元，用于在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
第四处理子单元，用于在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目小于M 1时，确定所述上行信号的发送功率为满功率；
第五处理子单元，用于在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目等于M 1时，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
或者
所述第一确定单元包括：
第六处理子单元，用于在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零传输的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
第七处理子单元，用于在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第三预设比值，获得第三缩放功率，并将所述第三缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第三预设比值为min{2*N/M 2，1}，N表示所述上行 信号具有非零功率的天线端口，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包含的天线端口的数目；
所述第一预设能力包括支持以满功率发送所述上行信号、支持被配置多个包括不同的天线端口数的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源、支持任意两个天线端口的组合以满功率发送所述上行信号。
可选地，所述第一确定模块302包括：
第三确定子模块，用于在所述目标资源的配置信息为第一预设配置信息的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息和/或所述网络侧设备的第七指示信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率；
第四确定子模块，用于在所述目标资源的配置信息为第二预设配置信息的情况下，根据预先确定的第二功率控制规则，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
可选地，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源时，所述第一确定子模块包括：
第二确定单元，用于在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第五预设值的情况下，确定所述上行信号的发送功率为满功率；
第八处理单元，用于在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第六预设值的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第四预设比值，获得第二缩放功率，并将所述第二缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第四预设比值为N/M 3，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 3表示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目。
可选地，所述第一确定子模块包括：
第三确定单元，用于根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目与终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目的相对关系，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
可选地，所述第一确定子模块包括：
第四确定单元，用于在接收到网络侧设备发送的第二指示信息，且所述第二指示信息指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率；
或者
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第三指示信息的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，所述第三指示信息用于指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的天线端口数为第一预设值时终端确定所述上行信号的发送功率的方式；
或者
所述第一指示信息用于指示第二资源包含的天线端口数为第二预设值时终端确定所述上行信号的发送功率的方式，所述第二资源为用来确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源。
可选地，所述终端还包括：
第三确定子模块，用于根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者网络侧设备的第四指示信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
其中，所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，或者第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源，所述第一探测参考信号资源集为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所在的资源集；
所述第四指示信息用于指示所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式。
可选地，当所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源时，所述第三确定子模块包括：
第二判断单元，用于判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第三判断结果；
第五确定单元，用于根据所述第三判断结果，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述第三确定子模块包括：
第一获取单元，用于获取所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值；
第六确定单元，用于根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述第三确定子模块包括：
第七确定单元，用于在接收到网络侧设备发送的第五指示信息，且所述第五指示信息指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述第三确定子模块包括：
第八确定单元，用于在接收到网络侧设备发送的第六指示信息的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，所述第六指示信息用于指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，当所述第一资源为所述第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源时，所述第三确定子模块包括：
第三判断单元，用于判断所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第四判断结果；
第九确定单元，用于根据所述第四判断结果，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述第三确定子模块包括：
第二获取单元，用于获取所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值；
第十确定单元，用于根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述第三确定子模块包括：
第十一确定单元，用于在接收到网络侧设备发送的第九指示信息，且所述第九指示信息指示根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述第三确定子模块包括：
第十二确定单元，用于在接收到网络侧设备发送的第十指示信息的情况下，根据所 述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，所述第十指示信息用于指示根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源时，所述第三确定子模块包括：
第十三确定单元，用于在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第三预设数目的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息和/或所述网络侧设备的第八指示信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
第十四确定单元，用于在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第四预设数目的情况下，根据第二预设规则，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源时，所述终端还包括：
第四确定子模块，用于根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。
可选地，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的天线端口数为第三预设值时终端确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式；
或者
所述第四指示信息用于指示第二资源包括的天线端口数为第四预设值时终端确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式；所述第二资源为用来确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源。
可选地，所述终端的能力信息包括以下至少一项：
终端支持的码本子集限制；
终端支持的以满功率发送的码本子集限制的指示信息，所述以满功率发送的码本子集为码本子集中至少存在一个预编码矩阵使得终端可以满功率发送所述上行信号；
终端以满功率发送所述上行信号的功率放大器的组合；
终端在所有传输预编码矩阵下都能以满功率发送时所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目的上限值；
终端的在所有传输预编码矩阵下都能满功率发送时所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目的下限值；
终端以满功率发送所述上行信号的天线端口的组合。
综上所述，本公开的实施例，能够根据网络侧设备为终端配置的用于获取上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源的配置信息，或者网络侧设备的指示信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，从而可以根据接收到的所述上行信号的上行调度信息和该发送功率，发送所述上行信号。因此，本公开的实施例，是根据实际网络侧设备为终端配置的用于获取上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源的配置信息或者网络侧设备的具体指示，确定的上行信号的发送功率，使得所述上行信号在不同的SRS资源配置信息下可以使用不同的上行发送功率，从而可以针对不同的应用场景获得更好的上行传输性能。
第四实施例
本公开的实施例还提供了一种网络侧设备，如图4所示，包括：
第二确定模块401，用于根据目标资源的配置信息，或者采用发送给终端的第一指示信息指示的功率确定方式，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端确定所述上行信号的发送功率的方式；
第三确定模块402，用于根据所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，确定所述上行信号的上行调度信息；
第二发送模块403，用于向所述终端发送所述上行调度信息。
可选地，所述第二确定模块401包括：
第五确定子模块，用于根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目或者所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
其中，所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，或者第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源，所述第一探测参考信号资源集为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所在的资源集。
可选地，所述第五确定子模块包括：
第四判断单元，用于判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第一判断结果；
第十五确定单元，用于根据所述第一判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
可选地，所述第十五确定单元包括：
第八处理子单元，用于在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
第九处理子单元，用于在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 2；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目；
或者
所述第十五确定单元包括：
第十处理子单元，用于在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
第十一处理子单元，用于在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目小于M 1时，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率将预先确定的第二基础功率，确定为所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的任一个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
第十二处理子单元，用于在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目等于M 1时，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
或者
所述第十五确定单元包括：
第十三处理子单元，用于在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
第十四处理子单元，用于在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*min{2*Ni/M 2，1}；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包含的天线端口的数目；
所述第一预设能力包括支持以满功率发送所述上行信号、支持被配置多个包括不同的天线端口数的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源、支持任意两个天线端口的组合以满功率发送所述上行信号。
可选地，所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源；
当所述第一资源为所述第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源时，所述第五确定子模块包括：
第五判断单元，用于判断所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第二判断结果；
第十六确定单元，用于根据所述第二判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
可选地，所述第十六确定单元包括：
第十五处理子单元，用于在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码 本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
第十六处理子单元，用于在第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，
根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 2；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目；
或者
所述第十六确定单元包括：
第十七处理子单元，用于在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
第十八处理子单元，用于在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目小于M 1时，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率将预先确定的第二基础功率，确定为所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的任一个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
第十九处理子单元，用于在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目等于M 1时，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
或者
所述第十六确定单元包括：
第二十处理子单元，用于在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
第二十一处理子单元，用于在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*min{2*Ni/M 2，1}；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包含的天线端口的数目；
所述第一预设能力包括支持以满功率发送所述上行信号、支持被配置多个包括不同的天线端口数的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源、支持任意两个天线端口的组合以满功率发送所述上行信号。
可选地，所述第二确定模块401包括：
第六确定子模块，用于在所述目标资源的配置信息为第一预设配置信息的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息和/或所述网络侧设备的第七指示信息，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
第七确定子模块，用于在所述目标资源的配置信息为第二预设配置信息的情况下，根据预先确定的第二功率控制规则，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
可选地，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源时，所述第五确定子模块包括：
第十七确定单元，用于在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第五预设值的情况下，将预先确定的第二基础功率，确定为所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的任一个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
第九处理单元，用于在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第六预设值的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 3；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 3表示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目。
可选地，所述第五确定子模块包括：
第十八确定单元，用于根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目与终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目的相对关系，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
可选地，所述第五确定子模块包括：
第十九确定单元，用于在接收到网络侧设备发送的第二指示信息，且所述第二指示信息指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
或者
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第三指示信息的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，所述第三指示信息用于指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的天线端口数为第一预设值时终 端确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率的方式；
或者
所述第一指示信息用于指示第二资源包含的天线端口数为第二预设值时终端确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率的方式，所述第二资源为用来确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源。
可选地，所述用户设备还包括：
第七确定子模块，用于根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者网络侧设备的第四指示信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
其中，所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，或者第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源，所述第一探测参考信号资源集为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所在的资源集；
所述第四指示信息用于指示所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式。
可选地，当所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源时，所述第七确定子模块包括：
第六判断单元，用于判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第三判断结果；
第二十确定单元，用于根据所述第三判断结果，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述第七确定子模块包括：
第三获取单元，用于获取所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值；
第二十一确定单元，用于根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述第七确定子模块包括：
第二十二确定单元，用于在接收到网络侧设备发送的第五指示信息，且所述第五指示信息指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述第七确定子模块包括：
第二十三确定单元，用于在接收到网络侧设备发送的第六指示信息的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，所述第六指示信息用于指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，当所述第一资源为所述第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源时，所述第七确定子模块包括：
第七判断单元，用于判断所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第四判断结果；
第二十四确定单元，用于根据所述第四判断结果，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述第七确定子模块包括：
第四获取单元，用于获取所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值；
第二十五确定单元，用于根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述第七确定子模块包括：
第二十六确定单元，用于在接收到网络侧设备发送的第九指示信息，且所述第九指示信息指示根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述第七确定子模块包括：
第二十七确定单元，用于在接收到网络侧设备发送的第十指示信息的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，所述第十指示信息用于指示根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源时，所述第七确定子模块包括：
第二十八确定单元，用于在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第三预设数目的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息和/或所述网络侧设备的第八指示信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
第二十九确定单元，用于在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第四预设数目的情况下，根据第二预设规则，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所述方法时，所述用户设备还包括：
第八确定子模块，用于根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。
可选地，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的天线端口数为第三预设值时终端确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式；
或者
所述第四指示信息用于指示第二资源包括的天线端口数为第四预设值时终端确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式；所述第二资源为用来确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源。
可选地，所述终端的能力信息包括以下至少一项：
终端支持的码本子集限制；
终端支持的以满功率发送的码本子集限制的指示信息，所述以满功率发送的码本子集为码本子集中至少存在一个预编码矩阵使得终端可以满功率发送所述上行信号；
终端以满功率发送所述上行信号的功率放大器的组合；
终端在所有传输预编码矩阵下都能以满功率发送时所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目的上限值；
终端的在所有传输预编码矩阵下都能满功率发送时所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目的下限值；
终端以满功率发送所述上行信号的天线端口的组合。
综上所述，本公开的实施例，能够根据网络侧设备为用户设备配置的用于获取上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源的配置信息，或者网络侧设备的指示信息，确定 所述上行信号的发送功率，从而可以根据接收到的所述上行信号的上行调度信息和该发送功率，发送所述上行信号。因此，本公开的实施例，是根据实际网络侧设备为用户设备配置的用于获取上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源的配置信息或者网络侧设备的具体指示，确定的上行信号的发送功率，使得所述上行信号在不同的SRS资源配置信息下可以使用不同的上行发送功率，从而可以针对不同的应用场景获得更好的上行传输性能。
第五实施例
如图5所示，本实施例提供一种用户设备设备，包括：
处理器501；以及通过总线接口502与所述处理器501相连接的存储器503，所述存储器503用于存储处理器501在执行操作时所使用的程序和数据，当处理器501调用并执行所述存储器503中所存储的程序和数据时，执行下列过程。
其中，收发机504与总线接口502连接，用于在处理器501的控制下接收和发送数据。
具体地，处理器501执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
接收到上行信号的上行调度信息；
根据目标资源的配置信息，或者网络侧设备的第一指示信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的发送功率的确定方式；
根据所述发送功率和所述上行调度信息，发送所述上行信号。
可选地，处理器501执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目或者所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率；
其中，所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，或者第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源，所述第一探测参考信号资源集为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所在的资源集。
可选地，所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源。处理器501执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第一判断结果；
根据所述第一判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
可选地，处理器501执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第二预设比值，获得第二缩放功率，并将所述第二缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第二预设比值为N/M 2，N表示具有非零的所述上行信号传输功率的天线端口的数目，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目；
或者
所述根据所述第一判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目， M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目小于M 1时，确定所述上行信号的发送功率为满功率；
在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目等于M 1时，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
或者
所述根据所述第一判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零传输的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第三预设比值，获得第三缩放功率，并将所述第三缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第三预设比值为min{2*N/M 2，1}，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包含的天线端口的数目；
所述第一预设能力包括支持以满功率发送所述上行信号、支持被配置多个包括不同的天线端口数的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源、支持任意两个天线端口的组合以满功率发送所述上行信号。
可选地，所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源。处理器501执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
判断所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第二判断结果；
根据所述第二判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
可选地，处理器501执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第二预设比值，获得第二缩放功率，并将所述第二缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第二预设比值为N/M 2，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目；
或者
所述根据所述第二判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源 包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目小于M 1时，确定所述上行信号的发送功率为满功率；
在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目等于M 1时，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
或者
所述根据所述第二判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零传输的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第三预设比值，获得第三缩放功率，并将所述第三缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第三预设比值为min{2*N/M 2，1}，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包含的天线端口的数目；
所述第一预设能力包括支持以满功率发送所述上行信号、支持被配置多个包括不同的天线端口数的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源、支持任意两个天线端口的组合以满功率发送所述上行信号。
可选地，处理器501执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
在所述目标资源的配置信息为第一预设配置信息的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息和/或所述网络侧设备的第七指示信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率；
在所述目标资源的配置信息为第二预设配置信息的情况下，根据预先确定的第二功率控制规则，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
可选地，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源时，处理器501执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第五预设值的情况下，确定所述上行信号的发送功率为满功率；
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第六预设值的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第四预设比值，获得第二缩放功率，并将所述第二缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第四预设比值为N/M 3，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 3表示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目。
可选地，处理器501执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目与终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中 包括的最大天线端口的数目的相对关系，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
可选地，处理器501执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第二指示信息，且所述第二指示信息指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率；
或者
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第三指示信息的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，所述第三指示信息用于指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的天线端口数为第一预设值时终端确定所述上行信号的发送功率的方式；
或者
所述第一指示信息用于指示第二资源包含的天线端口数为第二预设值时终端确定所述上行信号的发送功率的方式，所述第二资源为用来确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源。
可选地，处理器501执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者网络侧设备的第四指示信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
其中，所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，或者第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源，所述第一探测参考信号资源集为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所在的资源集；
所述第四指示信息用于指示所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式。
可选地，当所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源时，处理器501执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第三判断结果；
根据所述第三判断结果，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
获取所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值；
根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第五指示信息，且所述第五指示信息指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第六指示信息的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，所述第六指示信息用于指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，当所述第一资源为所述第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源时，处理器501执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
判断所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第四判断结果；
根据所述第四判断结果，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
获取所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值；
根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第九指示信息，且所述第九指示信息指示根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第十指示信息的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，所述第十指示信息用于指示根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源时，处理器501执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第三预设数目的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息和/或所述网络侧设备的第八指示信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第四预设数目的情况下，根据第二预设规则，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源时，处理器501执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。
可选地，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的天线端口数为第三预设值时终端确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式；
或者
所述第四指示信息用于指示第二资源包括的天线端口数为第四预设值时终端确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式；所述第二资源为用来确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源。
可选地，所述终端的能力信息包括以下至少一项：
终端支持的码本子集限制；
终端支持的以满功率发送的码本子集限制的指示信息，所述以满功率发送的码本子集为码本子集中至少存在一个预编码矩阵使得终端可以满功率发送所述上行信号；
终端以满功率发送所述上行信号的功率放大器的组合；
终端在所有传输预编码矩阵下都能以满功率发送时所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目的上限值；
终端的在所有传输预编码矩阵下都能满功率发送时所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目的下限值；
终端以满功率发送所述上行信号的天线端口的组合。
需要说明的是，在图5中，总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥，具体由处理器501代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器503代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起，这些都是本领域所公知的，因此，本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机504可以是多个元件，即包括发送机和收发机，提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的用户设备，用户接口505还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口，连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。处理器501负责管理总线架构和通常的处理，存储器503可以存储处理器501在执行操作时所使用的数据。
本领域技术人员可以理解，实现上述实施例的全部或者部分步骤可以通过硬件来完成，也可以通过计算机程序来指示相关的硬件来完成，所述计算机程序包括执行上述方法的部分或者全部步骤的指令；且该计算机程序可以存储于一可读存储介质中，存储介质可以是任何形式的存储介质。
第六实施例
为了更好的实现上述目的，如图6所示，本公开的第六实施例还提供了一种网络侧设备，该网络侧设备包括：处理器600；通过总线接口与所述处理器600相连接的存储器620，以及通过总线接口与处理器600相连接的收发机610；所述存储器620用于存储所述处理器在执行操作时所使用的程序和数据；通过所述收发机610发送数据信息或者导频，还通过所述收发机610接收上行控制信道；当处理器600调用并执行所述存储器620中所存储的程序和数据时，实现如下的功能：
根据目标资源的配置信息，或者采用发送给终端的第一指示信息指示的功率确定方式，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端确定所述上行信号的发送功率的方式；
根据所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，确定所述上行信号的上行调度信息；
向所述终端发送所述上行调度信息。
可选地，处理器600执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目或者所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
其中，所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，或者第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源，所述第一探测参考信号资源集为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所在的资源集。
可选地，所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源，处理器600执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第一判断结果；
根据所述第一判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
可选地，处理器600执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 2；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目；
或者
所述根据所述第一判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目小于M 1时，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率将预先确定的第二基础功率，确定为所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的任一个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目等于M 1时，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
或者
所述根据所述第一判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的 参考功率，包括：
在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*min{2*Ni/M 2，1}；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包含的天线端口的数目；
所述第一预设能力包括支持以满功率发送所述上行信号、支持被配置多个包括不同的天线端口数的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源、支持任意两个天线端口的组合以满功率发送所述上行信号。
可选地，所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源，当所述第一资源为所述第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源时，处理器600执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
判断所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第二判断结果；
根据所述第二判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
可选地，处理器600执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 2；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目；
或者
所述根据所述第二判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源 包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目小于M 1时，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率将预先确定的第二基础功率，确定为所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的任一个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目等于M 1时，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
或者
所述根据所述第二判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*min{2*Ni/M 2，1}；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包含的天线端口的数目；
所述第一预设能力包括支持以满功率发送所述上行信号、支持被配置多个包括不同的天线端口数的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源、支持任意两个天线端口的组合以满功率发送所述上行信号。
可选地，处理器600执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
在所述目标资源的配置信息为第一预设配置信息的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息和/或所述网络侧设备的第七指示信息，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
在所述目标资源的配置信息为第二预设配置信息的情况下，根据预先确定的第二功率控制规则，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
可选地，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源时，处理器600执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第五预设值的情况下，将预先确定的第二基础功率，确定为所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的任一个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第六预设值的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
Pi＝P0*Ni/M 3；
其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 3表示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目。
可选地，处理器600执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目与终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目的相对关系，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
可选地，处理器600执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第二指示信息，且所述第二指示信息指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
或者
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第三指示信息的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，所述第三指示信息用于指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的天线端口数为第一预设值时终端确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率的方式；
或者
所述第一指示信息用于指示第二资源包含的天线端口数为第二预设值时终端确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率的方式，所述第二资源为用来确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源。
可选地，处理器600执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者网络侧设备的第四指示信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
其中，所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，或者第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源，所述第一探测参考信号资源集为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所在的资源集；
所述第四指示信息用于指示所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式。
可选地，当所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源时，处理器600执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第三判断结果；
根据所述第三判断结果，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
获取所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值；
根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第五指示信息，且所述第五指示信息指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第六指示信息的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，所述第六指示信息用于指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，当所述第一资源为所述第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源时，处理器600执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
判断所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第四判断结果；
根据所述第四判断结果，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
获取所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值；
根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第九指示信息，且所述第九指示信息指示根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第十指示信息的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，所述第十指 示信息用于指示根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源时，处理器600执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第三预设数目的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息和/或所述网络侧设备的第八指示信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第四预设数目的情况下，根据第二预设规则，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
可选地，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所述方法时，处理器600执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。
可选地，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的天线端口数为第三预设值时终端确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式；
或者
所述第四指示信息用于指示第二资源包括的天线端口数为第四预设值时终端确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式；所述第二资源为用来确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源。
可选地，所述终端的能力信息包括以下至少一项：
终端支持的码本子集限制；
终端支持的以满功率发送的码本子集限制的指示信息，所述以满功率发送的码本子集为码本子集中至少存在一个预编码矩阵使得终端可以满功率发送所述上行信号；
终端以满功率发送所述上行信号的功率放大器的组合；
终端在所有传输预编码矩阵下都能以满功率发送时所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目的上限值；
终端的在所有传输预编码矩阵下都能满功率发送时所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目的下限值；
终端以满功率发送所述上行信号的天线端口的组合。
其中，在图6中，总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥，具体由处理器600代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器620代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起，这些都是本领域所公知的，因此，本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机610可以是多个元件，即包括发送机和收发机，提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。处理器600负责管理总线架构和通常的处理，存储器620可以存储处理器600在执行操作时所使用的数据。
本领域技术人员可以理解，实现上述实施例的全部或者部分步骤可以通过硬件来完成，也可以通过计算机程序来指示相关的硬件来完成，所述计算机程序包括执行上述方法的部分或者全部步骤的指令；且该计算机程序可以存储于一可读存储介质中，存储介质可以是任何形式的存储介质。
此外，需要指出的是，在本公开的装置和方法中，显然，各部件或各步骤是可以分解和/或重新组合的。这些分解和/或重新组合应视为本公开的等效方案。并且，执行上述系列处理的步骤可以自然地按照说明的顺序按时间顺序执行，但是并不需要一定按照时间顺序执行，某些步骤可以并行或彼此独立地执行。对本领域的普通技术人员而言，能够理解本公开的方法和装置的全部或者任何步骤或者部件，可以在任何计算装置(包括处理器、存储介质等)或者计算装置的网络中，以硬件、固件、软件或者它们的组合加以实现，这 是本领域普通技术人员在阅读了本公开的说明的情况下运用他们的基本编程技能就能实现的。
因此，本公开的目的还可以通过在任何计算装置上运行一个程序或者一组程序来实现。所述计算装置可以是公知的通用装置。因此，本公开的目的也可以仅仅通过提供包含实现所述方法或者装置的程序代码的程序产品来实现。也就是说，这样的程序产品也构成本公开，并且存储有这样的程序产品的存储介质也构成本公开。显然，所述存储介质可以是任何公知的存储介质或者将来所开发出来的任何存储介质。还需要指出的是，在本公开的装置和方法中，显然，各部件或各步骤是可以分解和/或重新组合的。这些分解和/或重新组合应视为本公开的等效方案。并且，执行上述系列处理的步骤可以自然地按照说明的顺序按时间顺序执行，但是并不需要一定按照时间顺序执行。某些步骤可以并行或彼此独立地执行。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本公开的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本公开各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本公开的技术方案本质上或者说对相关技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本公开各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程，是可以通过计算机程序来控制相关的硬件来完成，所述的程序可存储于计算机可读取存储介质中，该程序在执行时，可包括如上述各方法的实施例的流程。其中，所述的存储介质可为磁碟、光盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)或随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)等。
可以理解的是，本公开实施例描述的这些实施例可以用硬件、软件、固件、中间件、微码或其组合来实现。对于硬件实现，模块、单元、子单元可以实现在一个或多个专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuits，ASIC)、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor，DSP)、数字信号处理设备(DSP Device，DSPD)、可编程逻辑设备(Programmable Logic Device，PLD)、现场可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)、通用处 理器、控制器、微控制器、微处理器、用于执行本公开所述功能的其它电子单元或其组合中。
对于软件实现，可通过执行本公开实施例所述功能的模块(例如过程、函数等)来实现本公开实施例所述的技术。软件代码可存储在存储器中并通过处理器执行。存储器可以在处理器中或在处理器外部实现。
以上所述是本公开的可选实施方式，应当指出，对于本技术领域的普通技术人员来说，在不脱离本公开所述原理的前提下，还可以作出若干改进和润饰，这些改进和润饰也应视为本公开的保护范围。
第七实施例
B1.一种上行发送方法，包括：
根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者网络侧设备的第四指示信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销,所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源；
其中，所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，或者第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源，所述第一探测参考信号资源集为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所在的资源集；
所述第四指示信息用于指示所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式。
B2.根据B1所述的上行发送方法，其中，当所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源时，所述根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第三判断结果；
根据所述第三判断结果，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
获取所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值；
根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第五指示信息，且所述第五指示信息指示根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的情况下，根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第六指示信息的情况下，根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，所述第六指示信息用于指示根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
B3.根据B1所述的上行发送方法，其中，当所述第一资源为所述第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源时，所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
判断所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第四判断结果；
根据所述第四判断结果，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
获取所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值；
根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第九指示信息，且所述第九指示信息指示根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
或者
所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在接收到网络侧设备发送的第十指示信息的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，所述第十指示信息用于指示根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
B4.根据B1所述的上行发送方法，其中，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源时，所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第三预设数目的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息和/或所述网络侧设备的第八指示信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第四预设数目的情况下，根据第二预设规则，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
B5.根据B1所述的上行发送方法，其中，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所述方法时，所述方法还包括：
根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。
B6.根据B1所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的天线端口数为第三预设值时终端确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式；
或者
所述第四指示信息用于指示第二资源包括的天线端口数为第四预设值时终端确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式；所述第二资源为用来确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源。
B7.根据B4所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述终端的能力信息包括以下至少一项：
终端支持的码本子集限制；
终端支持的以满功率发送的码本子集限制的指示信息，所述以满功率发送的码本子集为码本子集中至少存在一个预编码矩阵使得终端可以满功率发送所述上行信号；
终端以满功率发送所述上行信号的功率放大器的组合；
终端在所有传输预编码矩阵下都能以满功率发送时所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目的上限值；
终端的在所有传输预编码矩阵下都能满功率发送时所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目的下限值；
终端以满功率发送所述上行信号的天线端口的组合。
B8.一种网络侧设备，包括：收发机、存储器、处理器及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序，其中，所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者网络侧设备的第四指示信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销,所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源；
其中，所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，或者第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源，所述第一探测参考信号资源集为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所在的资源集；
所述第四指示信息用于指示所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式。
B9.一种网络侧设备，包括：
第七确定子模块，用于根据目标资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者网络侧设备的第四指示信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源；
其中，所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，或者第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源，所述第一探测参考信号资源集为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所在的资源集；
所述第四指示信息用于指示所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式。
B10.一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如B1至B7中至少一项所述的上行发送方法的步骤。

Claims (41)

  1. 一种上行发送方法，应用于终端，包括：
    接收上行信号的上行调度信息；
    根据目标资源的配置信息，或者网络侧设备的第一指示信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的发送功率的确定方式；
    根据所述发送功率和所述上行调度信息，发送所述上行信号。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的上行发送方法，其中，根据目标资源的配置信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
    根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目或者所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率；
    其中，所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，或者第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源，所述第一探测参考信号资源集为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所在的资源集。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源，所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
    判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第一判断结果；
    根据所述第一判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述根据所述第一判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
    在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
    在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第二预设比值，获得第二缩放功率，并将所述第二缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第二预设比值为N/M 2，N表示具有非零的所述上行信号传输功率的天线端口的数目，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目；
    或者
    所述根据所述第一判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
    在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
    在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目小于M 1时，确定所述上行信号的发送功率为满功率；
    在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目等于M 1时，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功 率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
    或者
    所述根据所述第一判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
    在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零传输的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
    在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第三预设比值，获得第三缩放功率，并将所述第三缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第三预设比值为min{2*N/M 2，1}，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包含的天线端口的数目；
    所述第一预设能力包括支持以满功率发送所述上行信号、支持被配置多个包括不同的天线端口数的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源、支持任意两个天线端口的组合以满功率发送所述上行信号。
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源；
    当所述第一资源为所述第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源时，所述根据目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
    判断所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第二判断结果；
    根据所述第二判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述根据所述第二判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
    在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
    在第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第二预设比值，获得第二缩放功率，并将所述第二缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第二预设比值为N/M 2，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目；
    或者
    所述根据所述第二判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
    在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目， M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
    在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目小于M 1时，确定所述上行信号的发送功率为满功率；
    在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目等于M 1时，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
    或者
    所述根据所述第二判断结果，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
    在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第一预设比值，获得第一缩放功率，并将所述第一缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零传输的天线端口，所述第一预设比值为N/M 1，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
    在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第三预设比值，获得第三缩放功率，并将所述第三缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第三预设比值为min{2*N/M 2，1}，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包含的天线端口的数目；
    所述第一预设能力包括支持以满功率发送所述上行信号、支持被配置多个包括不同的天线端口数的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源、支持任意两个天线端口的组合以满功率发送所述上行信号。
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述根据目标资源的配置信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
    在所述目标资源的配置信息为第一预设配置信息的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息和/或所述网络侧设备的第七指示信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率；
    在所述目标资源的配置信息为第二预设配置信息的情况下，根据预先确定的第二功率控制规则，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
  8. 根据权利要求2所述的上行发送方法，其中，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源时，所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
    在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第五预设值的情况下，确定所述上行信号的发送功率为满功率；
    在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第六预设值的情况下，将预先确定的第一基础功率乘以第四预设比值，获得第二缩放功率，并将所述第二缩放功率平均分配给所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口，所述第四预设比值为N/M 3，N表示所述上行信号具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，M 3表示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目。
  9. 根据权利要求2所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
    根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目与终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中 包括的最大天线端口的数目的相对关系，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
  10. 根据权利要求2所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，包括：
    在接收到网络侧设备发送的第二指示信息，且所述第二指示信息指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率；
    或者
    在接收到网络侧设备发送的第三指示信息的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，所述第三指示信息用于指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号的发送功率。
  11. 根据权利要求1所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的天线端口数为第一预设值时终端确定所述上行信号的发送功率的方式；
    或者
    所述第一指示信息用于指示第二资源包含的天线端口数为第二预设值时终端确定所述上行信号的发送功率的方式，所述第二资源为用来确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源。
  12. 根据权利要求1所述的上行发送方法，还包括：
    根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者网络侧设备的第四指示信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
    其中，所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，或者第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源，所述第一探测参考信号资源集为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所在的资源集；
    所述第四指示信息用于指示所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的上行发送方法，其中，当所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源时，所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
    判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第三判断结果；
    根据所述第三判断结果，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
    或者
    所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
    获取所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值；
    根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
    或者
    所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
    在接收到网络侧设备发送的第五指示信息，且所述第五指示信息指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
    或者
    所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
    在接收到网络侧设备发送的第六指示信息的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，所述第六指示信息用于指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的上行发送方法，其中，当所述第一资源为所述第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源时，所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
    判断所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第四判断结果；
    根据所述第四判断结果，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
    或者
    所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
    获取所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值；
    根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
    或者
    所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
    在接收到网络侧设备发送的第九指示信息，且所述第九指示信息指示根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
    或者
    所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
    在接收到网络侧设备发送的第十指示信息的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，所述第十指示信息用于指示根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
  15. 根据权利要求12所述的上行发送方法，其中，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源时，所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
    在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第三预设数目的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息和/或所述网络侧设备的第八指示信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
    在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第四预设数目的情况下，根据第二预设规则，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
  16. 根据权利要求12所述的上行发送方法，其中，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源时，所述方法还包括：
    根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。
  17. 根据权利要求12所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的天线端口数为第三预设值时终端确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调 度信息的开销的方式；
    或者
    所述第四指示信息用于指示第二资源包括的天线端口数为第四预设值时终端确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式；所述第二资源为用来确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源。
  18. 根据权利要求7或15所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述终端的能力信息包括以下至少一项：
    终端支持的码本子集限制；
    终端支持的以满功率发送的码本子集限制的指示信息，所述以满功率发送的码本子集为码本子集中至少存在一个预编码矩阵使得终端可以满功率发送所述上行信号；
    终端以满功率发送所述上行信号的功率放大器的组合；
    终端在所有传输预编码矩阵下都能以满功率发送时所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目的上限值；
    终端的在所有传输预编码矩阵下都能满功率发送时所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目的下限值；
    终端以满功率发送所述上行信号的天线端口的组合。
  19. 一种上行发送方法，应用于网络侧设备，包括：
    根据目标资源的配置信息，或者采用发送给终端的第一指示信息指示的功率确定方式，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端确定所述上行信号的发送功率的方式；
    根据所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，确定所述上行信号的上行调度信息；
    向所述终端发送所述上行调度信息。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的上行发送方法，其中，根据目标资源的配置信息，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
    根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目或者所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
    其中，所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，或者第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源，所述第一探测参考信号资源集为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所在的资源集。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源，所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
    判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第一判断结果；
    根据所述第一判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述根据所述第一判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
    在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
    Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
    其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码 本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
    在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
    Pi＝P0*Ni/M 2；
    其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目；
    或者
    所述根据所述第一判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
    在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，
    根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
    Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
    其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
    在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目小于M 1时，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率将预先确定的第二基础功率，确定为所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的任一个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
    在所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目等于M 1时，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
    Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
    其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
    或者
    所述根据所述第一判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
    在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
    Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
    其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
    在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第一判断结果指示所述目标资源包括的天线 端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
    Pi＝P0*min{2*Ni/M 2，1}；
    其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包含的天线端口的数目；
    所述第一预设能力包括支持以满功率发送所述上行信号、支持被配置多个包括不同的天线端口数的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源、支持任意两个天线端口的组合以满功率发送所述上行信号。
  23. 根据权利要求20所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源；
    当所述第一资源为所述第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源时，所述根据目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
    判断所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第二判断结果；
    根据所述第二判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述根据所述第二判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
    在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
    Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
    其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
    在第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
    Pi＝P0*Ni/M 2；
    其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目；
    或者
    所述根据所述第二判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
    在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
    Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
    其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
    在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目小于M 1时，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率将预先确定的第二基础功率，确定为所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的任一个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
    在所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同，且探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源包括的天线端口的数目等于M 1时，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
    Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
    其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
    或者
    所述根据所述第二判断结果，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
    在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目相同且所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目均大于1的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
    Pi＝P0*Ni/M 1；
    其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 1表示终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目；
    在所述终端具备第一预设能力，且所述第二判断结果指示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中至少部分数目不同的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
    Pi＝P0*min{2*Ni/M 2，1}；
    其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 2表示用于确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源包含的天线端口的数目；
    所述第一预设能力包括支持以满功率发送所述上行信号、支持被配置多个包括不同的天线端口数的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源、支持任意两个天线端口的组合以满功率发送所述上行信号。
  25. 根据权利要求19所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述根据目标资源的配置信息，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
    在所述目标资源的配置信息为第一预设配置信息的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息和/或所述网络侧设备的第七指示信息，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
    在所述目标资源的配置信息为第二预设配置信息的情况下，根据预先确定的第二功率控制规则，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
  26. 根据权利要求20所述的上行发送方法，其中，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源时，所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
    在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第五预设值的情况下，将预先确定的第二 基础功率，确定为所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的任一个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
    在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第六预设值的情况下，根据如下公式，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率：
    Pi＝P0*Ni/M 3；
    其中，P0表示预先确定的第二基础功率，Ni表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的具有非零功率的天线端口的数目，Pi表示所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的第i个预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，M 3表示所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目。
  27. 根据权利要求20所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
    根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目与终端支持的在一个探测参考信号资源中包括的最大天线端口的数目的相对关系，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
  28. 根据权利要求20所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，包括：
    在接收到网络侧设备发送的第二指示信息，且所述第二指示信息指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率；
    或者
    在接收到网络侧设备发送的第三指示信息的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，所述第三指示信息用于指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率。
  29. 根据权利要求19所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的天线端口数为第一预设值时终端确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率的方式；
    或者
    所述第一指示信息用于指示第二资源包含的天线端口数为第二预设值时终端确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率的方式，所述第二资源为用来确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源。
  30. 根据权利要求19所述的上行发送方法，还包括：
    根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目、或者网络侧设备的第四指示信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
    其中，所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源，或者第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源，所述第一探测参考信号资源集为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所在的资源集；
    所述第四指示信息用于指示所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的确定方式。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的上行发送方法，其中，当所述目标资源包括至少两个探测参考信号资源时，所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
    判断所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第三判断结果；
    根据所述第三判断结果，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开 销；
    或者
    所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
    获取所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值；
    根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
    或者
    所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
    在接收到网络侧设备发送的第五指示信息，且所述第五指示信息指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
    或者
    所述根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
    在接收到网络侧设备发送的第六指示信息的情况下，根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，所述第六指示信息用于指示根据所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
  32. 根据权利要求30所述的上行发送方法，其中，当所述第一资源为所述第一探测参考信号资源集包括的所有探测参考信号资源时，所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
    判断所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目是否相同，获得第四判断结果；
    根据所述第四判断结果，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
    或者
    所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
    获取所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值；
    根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目中的最大值，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
    或者
    所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
    在接收到网络侧设备发送的第九指示信息，且所述第九指示信息指示根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
    或者
    所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
    在接收到网络侧设备发送的第十指示信息的情况下，根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，所述第十指 示信息用于指示根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
  33. 根据权利要求30所述的上行发送方法，其中，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源时，所述根据所述目标资源中的第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销，包括：
    在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第三预设数目的情况下，根据所述终端的能力信息和/或所述网络侧设备的第八指示信息，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销；
    在所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目为第四预设数目的情况下，根据第二预设规则，确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销。
  34. 根据权利要求30所述的上行发送方法，其中，当所述第一资源为探测参考信号资源指示所指示的探测参考信号资源所述方法时，所述方法还包括：
    根据所述第一资源包括的天线端口的数目，确定预编码和传输流数指示信息的开销。
  35. 根据权利要求30所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的天线端口数为第三预设值时终端确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式；
    或者
    所述第四指示信息用于指示第二资源包括的天线端口数为第四预设值时终端确定所述上行信号对应的码本子集和/或上行调度信息的开销的方式；所述第二资源为用来确定所述上行信号的预编码矩阵的探测参考信号资源。
  36. 根据权利要求25或33所述的上行发送方法，其中，所述终端的能力信息包括以下至少一项：
    终端支持的码本子集限制；
    终端支持的以满功率发送的码本子集限制的指示信息，所述以满功率发送的码本子集为码本子集中至少存在一个预编码矩阵使得终端可以满功率发送所述上行信号；
    终端以满功率发送所述上行信号的功率放大器的组合；
    终端在所有传输预编码矩阵下都能以满功率发送时所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目的上限值；
    终端的在所有传输预编码矩阵下都能满功率发送时所述目标资源包括的天线端口的数目的下限值；
    终端以满功率发送所述上行信号的天线端口的组合。
  37. 一种用户设备，包括：收发机、存储器、处理器及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序，其中，所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
    接收上行信号的上行调度信息；
    根据目标资源的配置信息，或者网络侧设备的第一指示信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的发送功率的确定方式；
    根据所述发送功率和所述上行调度信息，发送所述上行信号。
  38. 一种网络侧设备，包括：收发机、存储器、处理器及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序，其中，所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤：
    根据目标资源的配置信息，或者采用发送给终端的第一指示信息指示的功率确定方式，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端确定所述上行信号的发送功率的方式；
    根据所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，确定所述上行 信号的上行调度信息；
    向所述终端发送所述上行调度信息。
  39. 一种用户设备，包括：
    第一接收模块，用于接收上行信号的上行调度信息；
    第一确定模块，用于根据目标资源的配置信息，或者网络侧设备的第一指示信息，确定所述上行信号的发送功率，所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述上行信号的发送功率的确定方式；
    第一发送模块，用于根据所述发送功率和所述上行调度信息，发送所述上行信号。
  40. 一种网络侧设备，包括：
    第二确定模块，用于根据目标资源的配置信息，或者采用发送给终端的第一指示信息指示的功率确定方式，确定上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，所述目标资源包括所述网络侧设备配置的用于获取所述上行信号的信道状态信息的探测参考信号资源，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端确定所述上行信号的发送功率的方式；
    第三确定模块，用于根据所述上行信号对应的码本子集中的预编码矩阵对应的参考功率，确定所述上行信号的上行调度信息；
    第二发送模块，用于向所述终端发送所述上行调度信息。
  41. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至18中任一项或者19至36中任一项所述的上行发送方法的步骤。
PCT/CN2020/108635 2019-08-16 2020-08-12 上行发送方法、终端及网络侧设备 Ceased WO2021031949A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/635,679 US12574855B2 (en) 2019-08-16 2020-08-12 Uplink transmission method, terminal and network device
KR1020227008272A KR102760534B1 (ko) 2019-08-16 2020-08-12 업링크 송신 방법, 단말 및 네트워크측 기기
EP20854539.2A EP4017142A4 (en) 2019-08-16 2020-08-12 METHOD OF UPLINK TRANSMISSION, TERMINAL AND NETWORK SIDE DEVICE

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910760493.1 2019-08-16
CN201910760493.1A CN112398622B (zh) 2019-08-16 2019-08-16 一种上行发送方法、终端及网络侧设备

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021031949A1 true WO2021031949A1 (zh) 2021-02-25

Family

ID=74603096

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/108635 Ceased WO2021031949A1 (zh) 2019-08-16 2020-08-12 上行发送方法、终端及网络侧设备

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US12574855B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP4017142A4 (zh)
KR (1) KR102760534B1 (zh)
CN (1) CN112398622B (zh)
WO (1) WO2021031949A1 (zh)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114514781A (zh) * 2022-01-14 2022-05-17 北京小米移动软件有限公司 发送功率确定方法及装置
WO2023231971A1 (zh) * 2022-05-30 2023-12-07 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置

Families Citing this family (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11095348B2 (en) * 2019-08-16 2021-08-17 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for uplink signal transmission based on codebook in a wireless communication system
US11101856B2 (en) * 2019-08-16 2021-08-24 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for uplink signal transmission based on codebook in a wireless communication system
EP4098054B1 (en) * 2020-01-29 2026-03-18 Qualcomm Incorporated Downlink control information alignment for multi-panel uplink multiple-input multiple-output transmission
WO2022205459A1 (zh) * 2021-04-02 2022-10-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 无线通信方法、终端设备和网络设备
US12261797B2 (en) * 2021-05-11 2025-03-25 Apple Inc. Scheduling restriction and interruption for SRS antenna port switching
CN115696307B (zh) * 2021-07-27 2026-01-02 华为技术有限公司 一种信息传输方法及装置
CN116095803B (zh) * 2021-11-05 2026-03-17 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Srs传输功率确定方法、设备、装置及存储介质
US20230336225A1 (en) * 2022-04-15 2023-10-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Reporting of channel state information
CN118120317A (zh) * 2022-09-29 2024-05-31 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种上行波形的配置方法、装置、设备及存储介质
WO2024098265A1 (zh) * 2022-11-08 2024-05-16 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种上行数据传输方法及装置
CN118019094A (zh) * 2022-11-10 2024-05-10 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的方法和装置

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102714848A (zh) * 2010-01-16 2012-10-03 夏普株式会社 无线通信设备上针对多个管制频带或分量载波的发送功率控制、计算机可读介质及其方法
CN102948226A (zh) * 2010-04-05 2013-02-27 株式会社Ntt都科摩 发送功率控制方法和移动台装置
CN103843422A (zh) * 2011-09-30 2014-06-04 夏普株式会社 终端、通信系统、通信方法以及基站
US20190068260A1 (en) * 2017-08-31 2019-02-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Sounding reference signal (srs) transmit antenna selection
CN109842926A (zh) * 2017-11-27 2019-06-04 华为技术有限公司 一种功率控制的方法、装置及系统

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103096448B (zh) * 2011-10-28 2016-08-24 华为技术有限公司 上行功率控制的方法、用户设备和接入点
US10547426B2 (en) * 2016-03-14 2020-01-28 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Transmission of sounding reference signals in communication systems with carrier aggregation
WO2018170691A1 (zh) * 2017-03-20 2018-09-27 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 上行传输的方法、终端设备和网络设备
US10554470B2 (en) * 2017-12-21 2020-02-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Control monitoring and power control for multi-link deployments
AU2019248830B2 (en) 2018-04-06 2021-04-22 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Power control for new radio uplink single-user multiple-input-multiple- output communication
US11191033B2 (en) * 2018-08-03 2021-11-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Physical uplink shared channel power scaling to enhance power utilization at a user equipment
US11516743B2 (en) * 2018-11-13 2022-11-29 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Uplink power scaling for advanced wireless communication systems
US11350399B2 (en) * 2019-02-14 2022-05-31 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for transmitting and receiving data in a wireless communication system and apparatus therefor

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102714848A (zh) * 2010-01-16 2012-10-03 夏普株式会社 无线通信设备上针对多个管制频带或分量载波的发送功率控制、计算机可读介质及其方法
CN102948226A (zh) * 2010-04-05 2013-02-27 株式会社Ntt都科摩 发送功率控制方法和移动台装置
CN103843422A (zh) * 2011-09-30 2014-06-04 夏普株式会社 终端、通信系统、通信方法以及基站
US20190068260A1 (en) * 2017-08-31 2019-02-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Sounding reference signal (srs) transmit antenna selection
CN109842926A (zh) * 2017-11-27 2019-06-04 华为技术有限公司 一种功率控制的方法、装置及系统

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
3GPP PROTOCOL TS 38.213
See also references of EP4017142A4

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114514781A (zh) * 2022-01-14 2022-05-17 北京小米移动软件有限公司 发送功率确定方法及装置
CN114514781B (zh) * 2022-01-14 2024-02-02 北京小米移动软件有限公司 发送功率确定方法及装置
WO2023231971A1 (zh) * 2022-05-30 2023-12-07 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4017142A1 (en) 2022-06-22
KR20220045027A (ko) 2022-04-12
EP4017142A4 (en) 2023-02-22
CN112398622A (zh) 2021-02-23
CN112398622B (zh) 2022-05-20
US12574855B2 (en) 2026-03-10
US20220322239A1 (en) 2022-10-06
KR102760534B1 (ko) 2025-01-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12574855B2 (en) Uplink transmission method, terminal and network device
US11750250B2 (en) Communications method and device
US11283503B2 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
CN111050390B (zh) 一种上行功率控制方法、终端设备及网络设备
US12537636B2 (en) Method and apparatus for processing channel state information, and terminal
TWI692261B (zh) 資料傳輸方法、基地台和終端
KR102120959B1 (ko) Tdd 협력 다중-포인트 및 캐리어 집성 시나리오를 위한 공간 피드백(pmi/ri)없이 cqi 피드백하기 위한 방법
CN111817798B (zh) 一种信道测量方法和通信装置
WO2020200059A1 (zh) 一种上报终端设备能力的方法和通信装置
WO2020143526A1 (zh) 上行信道的配置方法、传输方法、网络侧设备及终端
US20240422608A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CN109150471B (zh) 信息传输方法、装置及存储介质
WO2020063777A1 (zh) 传输数据的方法和装置
CN110475330A (zh) 一种上行功率控制方法、终端及网络设备
CN108282296A (zh) 一种参考信号传输方法及装置
WO2020233500A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及通信装置
WO2020221152A1 (zh) 上行信号传输方法、调度信息确定方法和相关设备
US9374130B2 (en) Method and apparatus for triggering a ranked transmission
CN111586741B (zh) 一种信息上报方法及终端
WO2021088749A1 (zh) 传输方法、设备及介质
CN111436107B (zh) 上行信号的发送方法、信道质量确定方法和相关设备
KR20240042495A (ko) Csi 보고서 획득 방법 및 통신 장치
US20240365332A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CN108322283A (zh) 数据发送技术
WO2024140116A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20854539

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20227008272

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020854539

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20220316

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 17635679

Country of ref document: US